Explosion Proof Motor Catalog
Explosion Proof Motor Catalog
Explosion Proof Motor Catalog
Explosion-proof motors
4/2 4/2 4/3 4/3 4/3 4/11 4/13 4/18 Orientation Overview Benefits Application Technical specifications Selection and ordering data More information Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection e Aluminum series 1MA7 Selection and ordering data Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection e Cast-iron series 1MA6 Selection and ordering data Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7 Selection and ordering data Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5 Selection and ordering data Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9 Selection and ordering data Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4 Selection and ordering data 4/80 4/80 4/70
4
4/70 4/80 Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6 Selection and ordering data Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA8 Selection and ordering data Forced-air cooled motors in Zones 2, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1PQ8 Selection and ordering data Special versions Overview Selection and ordering data Voltages Types of construction Options Accessories Overview More information Dimensions Overview More information Dimensional drawings 4/80 4/81 4/81 4/84 4/84 4/90 4/93 4/125 4/125 4/126 4/127 4/127 4/129 4/130
4/18 4/22
4/22 4/34
4/34 4/42
4/42 4/50
4/50 4/62
4/62
Siemens AG 2008
Overview
Explosion-protected equipment are designed such that an explosion can be prevented when they are used properly. The explosion-protected equipment can be designed in accordance with various types of protection. The local conditions must be subdivided into specified zones by the user with the assistance of the responsible authorities in accordance with the frequency of occurrence of an explosion hazard. Device (equipment) categories are assigned to these zones. The zones are then subdivided into possible types of protection and therefore into possible equipment (product) types. Our product range contains motors in the following types of protection: Increased safety Ex e II Explosion-proof enclosure Ex de IIC/Ex d IIC Non-sparking Ex nA II Areas protected against dust explosions in Zones 21 and 22 In many industrial sectors as well as in domestic life, explosion protection or explosion hazards are ever-present, e.g. in the chemicals industry, in refineries, on drilling platforms, at petrol stations, in feed manufacturing and in sewage treatment plants. The risk of explosion is always present when gases, fumes, mist or dust are mixed with oxygen in the air in an explosive ratio close to sources of ignition that are able to release the so-called minimum ignition energy. Overview of explosion-proof motors
Section Cate- Zone Frequency gory of occurrence of the Ex atmosphere Gas and 1G 0 Continuously or Fumes (G) long-term 2G 1 Infrequently Degree of protection Temperature class Degree of Standard protection Motor type (Pos. 1-4 of Order No.) Operation Order code Utilization according to temperature class
The table below Overview of explosion-proof motors contains a complete overview of our products, their types of protection and the assignment of motor types to categories. It is important to note that depending on whether the motor is used for converter-fed operation or mains-fed operation, different order codes are required for unique selection of the required product.
Not common practice with low-voltage motors Ex de IIC 1) T1 T4 (explosion-proof enclosure) Ex e II (increased safety) Ex nA II (non sparking) T1 T3 IP55 IEC/EN 60 079-0 IEC/EN 60 079-1 IEC/EN 60 079-0 IEC/EN 60 079-7 1MJ6/7 Mains Converter A15 A16 Mains 130 (B) 155 (F) 130 (B)/ 155 (F) 130 (B)
IP55
1MA6 1MA7
3G
Dust (D)
1D 2D
20 21
3D
22
IEC/EN 60079-15 1LA6 1LA7 1LA8, 1PQ8 2) 1LA9 1LG4/6 Continuously or Not common practice with low-voltage motors long-term Infrequently Conductive and Max. hous- IP65 IEC/EN 61241 1LA5 non-conductive ing temper1LA6 dust ature T 1LA7 Rarely or Non-conductive 125 C IP55 1LA8 3), 1PQ8 2) briefly dust 1LA9 1LG4/6
Rarely or briefly
T1 T3
IP55
130 (B)
1) 2)
Highest explosion group IIC includes IIB and IIA. 1PQ8 is not possible for Zones 21 and 22; Zone 2 for 1PQ8 available on request. Utilization according to temperature class 155 (F).
3)
1LA8 only available for Zone 22 (order codes M35, M39). Utilization according to temperature class 155 (F).
4/2
Siemens AG 2008
Benefits
The explosion-proof motors from Siemens offer the user numerous advantages: The motors are designed in accordance with Directive 94/9/EU (ATEX 95 previously ATEX 100a). As product supplier, Siemens accepts responsibility for compliance with the applicable product standards for the selected equipment. By using this product, the plant operating company satisfies Directive 1999/92/EU in accordance with Appendix II B (ATEX 137 previously ATEX 118a). The plant manufacturer or plant operating company is responsible for correct selection and proper usage of the equipment. Comprehensive series of explosion-proof motors for protection against gas and dust. Individual versions of motors are possible thanks to the numerous catalog options. Further special versions are possible on request. Certificates are available for a defined spectrum of Siemens motors/converters.
Application
The explosion-proof motors are used in the following sectors to prevent explosion hazards that result in serious injury to persons and severe damage to property. Chemical and petrochemical industry Production of mineral oil and gas Gas works Gas supply companies Petrol stations Coking plants Mills (e.g. corn, solids) Sewage treatment plants Wood processing (e.g. sawdust, tree resin) Other industries subject to explosion hazards
4
Zone 1 with type of protection Ex de IIC explosion-proof enclosure d All 1MJ motors are certified for the highest explosion group IIC, temperature classes T1 to T4 at ambient temperatures from 20 to +60 C and have an EC type test certificate according to Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 95). These motors are designed such that an explosion within the housing cannot result in an explosion in the environment. The energy that is generated internally by an explosion is dissipated in the so-called flameproof chamber so far that the energy is no longer sufficient for ignition outside the casing. The housing temperature is below the ignition temperature of the gases to which temperature class T4 applies. The 1MJ6 motors (frame sizes 71 to 200) generally have a located bearing on the non-drive-end (NDE) of the motor. The following variations are possible on request: Coolant temperature >40 C or site altitude >1000 m (for 1MJ6, the reduction factors listed in catalog part 0 Introduction under General technical data, Coolant temperature and site altitude are applicable). Frequency and rated duty Pole-changing motors Insulated bearing at the non-drive-end (NDE) Use according to temperature class 155 (F) in mains-fed operation On the frequency converter, motors in type of protection explosion-proof enclosure can be used thermally acc. to temperature class 155 (F). Converter-fed operation can be ordered with order code A15 (PTC thermistors for tripping) or A16 (PTC thermistors for alarm and tripping), whereby an additional PTC thermistor is fitted to 1MJ6/1MJ7 motors in the connection box. Identification on the rating plate: II 2G Ex de IIC T1 T4 or II 2G Ex d IIC T1 T4
Technical specifications
Zone 1 with type of protection Ex e II Increased Safety e All 1MA motors are certified in type of protection Ex e II for temperature classes T1 to T3 at an ambient temperature from 20 to +40 C and have an EU type test certificate according to Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 95). Higher temperature classes are available on request. Explosion protection is achieved when the certified motor versions interact with a similarly certified motor protection switch. The motor protection switch is selected in accordance with the values certified for the motor for the starting current ratio ILR/Irated and the tE times, so that in the case of a locked rotor fault, the motor is isolated from the supply within the tE time. The tE times assigned to the separate temperature classes and the starting current ratio are marked on the rating plate. Explosion protection can be achieved exclusively by the PTC thermistors embedded in the winding provided that the motor has been specially approved and certified for this. This type of protection is not technically possible for every motor, so it is essential to inquire before ordering. With the exception of 2-pole motors of frame size 225 M and above, all motors are of an identical version, i.e. the motors can be operated at T1/T2 or T3 at the appropriate rated output. For special versions (different frequency, output, coolant temperature, site altitude, etc.) a new certificate is necessary (please inquire). The temperature class must be specified in the order, otherwise the universal version T1/T2 and T3 will be certified (doubling the certification costs). Identification on the rating plate: II 2G Ex e II T1 T3
4/3
Siemens AG 2008
Ambient temperature 20 to +60 C, whereby derating applies from 40 C upwards. Other temperatures are available on request. The rating plate or the extra rating plate contains the text: II 3G Ex nA II T3
IEC/EN 60079-15 and number of the Conformity declaration The motors do not have a rated voltage range stamped on the rating plate. Protection against dust explosions in Zones 21 and 22 The distinction between Zones 21 and 22 is as follows: Zone 21 according to IEC 61241, EN 50281 1) - Design for Zone 21 2), as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for mains-fed operation (order code M34) - Design for Zone 21 2), as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating (order code M38) Overview of the technical specifications
Explosion-proof motors - The technology at a glance Motors Type of protection e Frame size 63 M ... 315 L Output range 0.12 to 160 kW Number of poles 2/4/6 Temperature class T1 - T3 Degree of protection II 2 G Ex e II acc. to IEC/EN 60079-0 IEC/EN 60079-7 Directive Protection class Voltages Frequency Type of construction Housing Cooling method Temperature class Insulation system 94/9/EG, ATEX 95 IP55 All commonly used voltages 50 and 60 Hz All common types of construction FS 63 M ... 160 L aluminum FS 100 L ... 315 L cast-iron Surface-cooled 155 (F) used acc. to 130 (B) DURIGNIT IR 2000
Dust explosion protection 56 M ... 450 L 0.06 to 1000 kW 2/4/6/8 Zone 21: II 2D Ex td A21 IP65 T125 C 3) Zone 22: II 3D Ex td A22 IP55 T125 C acc. to EN 50281/IEC 61241 94/9/EG, ATEX 95 94/9/EG, ATEX 95 94/9/EG, ATEX 95 IP55 IP55 Zone 21: IP65 Zone 22: IP55 All commonly used voltages All commonly used voltages All commonly used voltages 50 and 60 Hz 50 and 60 Hz 50 and 60 Hz All common types of All common types of All common types of construction construction construction FS 71 M ... 315 M cast-iron FS 63 M ... 160 L aluminum FS 56 M ... 225 M aluminum FS 100 L ... 450 cast-iron FS 100 L ... 450 1) cast-iron Surface-cooled Surface-cooled Surface-cooled 155 (F) used acc. to 130 (B) 4) 155 (F) used acc. to 130 (B) 155 (F) used acc. to 130 (B) 5) DURIGNIT IR 2000, DURIGNIT IR 2000, DURIGNIT IR 2000, converter-compatible up to 500 V, converter-compatible up to 500 V, converter-compatible up to 500 V, 690 V on request 690 V on request 690 V on request
4) 5)
Type of protection d 71 M ... 315 M 0.25 ... 132 kW 2/4/6/8 T1 - T4 II 2 G Ex de II acc. to IEC/EN 60079-0 IEC/EN 60079-1
Type of protection n 63 M ... 450 0.09 to 1000 kW 2/4/6/8 T3 II 3 G Ex nA acc. to IEC/EN 60079-15
1) 2) 3)
Zone 21 only up to frame size 315 L Zone 21 takes into account conducting and non-conducting dust Zone 21 for Non-standard motors frame size 315 and above only up to frame size 315 possible.
For converter-fed operation used 155 (F) For Non-standard motors frame size 315 and above temperature class 155 (F) used according to 155 (F).
4/4
Siemens AG 2008
Special technology The Special technology comprises Ex-mountings on explosion-proof motors. The field of application of explosion-proof motors is considerably expanded by mounting Ex rotary pulse encoders or Ex seperately driven fans. The use of a separately driven fan is recommended to increase motor utilization at low speeds and to limit noise generation at speeds significantly higher than the synchronous speed. Both of these results can only be achieved with converter-fed operation. For explosion-proof motor versions with Ex rotary pulse encoder or Ex separately driven fan, see tables below.
1LA5/1LA9
With converter-fed operation and operation on 60 Hz supplies, particular attention has to be paid to the mechanical limit speeds 60 Hz data are not stamped on the rating plate. Alternative: 1LG4/1LG6 motors in design for Zone 21/22.
The following explosion-proof motor versions are available with an Ex rotary pulse encoder:
Type of protection Ex nA Dust-Ex (Zone 21) Order No. + order code 1LA6/7/9 + M73 1LG4/6 + M73 1LA6/7+ M38 1LA5 + M38 1LA9 + M38 1LG4/6 + M38 1LA6/7 + M39 1LA5 + M39 1LA9 + M39 1LG4/6 + M39 1LA6/7/9 + M75 1LG4/6 + M75 1MJ6 + A15/A16 1MJ7 + A15/A16 Frame size 100 L ... 160 L 180 M ... 315 L 100 L ... 160 L 180 M ... 225 M 100 L ... 200 L 180 M ... 315 L 100 L ... 160 L 180 M ... 225 M 100 L ... 200 L 180 M ... 315 L 100 L ... 160 L 180 M ... 315 L 90 L ... 200 L 225 M ... 315 M Order code of the Ex rotary pulse encoder H86: Mounting of explosion-proof rotary pulse encoder LL841 900 006 for use in Zones 2, 21, 22.
H87: Mounting of explosion-proof rotary pulse encoder on motors Ex d/de in Zone 1. Ex OG 9 DN 1024 l (BG 90L 160L) Ex HOG 161 DN 1024I (BG 180M 315L)
The following explosion-proof motor versions are available with an Ex separately driven fan:
Type of protection Ex nA Dust-Ex (Zone 21) Dust-Ex (Zone 22) Order No. + order code 1LG4/6 + M73 1LG4/6 + M38 1LG4/6 + M39 1LA6/7 + M39 1LA5 + M39 1LA9 + M39 1MJ7 + A15/A16 Frame size 225 M ... 315 L 225 M ... 315 L 180 M ... 315 L 100 L ... 160 L 180 M ... 225 M 100 L ... 200 L 225 M ... 315 M Order code of the Ex separately driven fan M95: Mounting of explosion-proof separately driven fan Ex nA for use in Zone 2. M96: Mounting of explosion-proof separately driven fan II 2D for use in Zone 21. M97: Mounting of explosion-proof separately driven fan II 3D for use in Zone 22.
Ex de
Note: Notwithstanding, Ex separately driven fans can also be used for mains-fed operation in special applications.
4/5
Siemens AG 2008
With its rugged construction, this rotary pulse encoder is also suitable for difficult operating environments. It is resistant to shock and virbration. The LL 841 900 006 rotary pulse encoder for use in Zones 2, 21, 22 can be supplied with the already mounted ADS diagnostic system for an early error detection in the encoder. Order code H86 Manufacturer: Leine und Linde (Germany) GmbH Bahnhofstrae 36 73430 Aalen Tel. +49 (0)73 61-78093-0 Fax +49 (0)73 61-78093-11 http://www.leinelinde.com e-Mail: info@leinelinde.se Technical data for LL 841 900 006 (HTL version) Mounting of encoder for use below -20 C and higher than +40 C on request.
Supply voltage UB Current input without load Admissible load current per output Pulses per revolution Outputs +9 V to +30 V max. 80 mA 40 mA 1024 6 short-cirucit proof square-wave pulses A, A, B, B, 0, 0 High Current HTL Isolated switching output for ADS signal Pulse offset between the two outputs 90 25 el. Output amplitude UHigh > UB 4 V ULow < 2.5 V Mark space ratio 1:1 10 % Edge steepness 50 V/s (without load) Maximum frequency 100 kHz for 350 m cable Maximum speed 4200 rpm Temperature range 40 to +70 C Degree of protection IP65 Max. adm. radial cantilever force 150 N Max. adm. axial force 100 N Termination system Terminal strips in encoder, Cable connection M20 x 1.5 radial
4/6
Siemens AG 2008
Frame size 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
Weight approx. kg
3 3 3 3 3 3
The 1MJ6 motors of frame sizes 90 to 160 feature the rugged, flanged Ex OG9 rotary pulse encoder, which provides a high mechanical protection itself. A protective cover of non-corrosive sheet steel is available for Ex rotary pulse encoders from the Special technology section, see Mechanical protection for encoder under Mechanical design and degrees of protection. Order code M68 Consequently, the motor length also increases: 1LA up to 146 mm 1MJ6 up to 175 mm 1LG/1MJ7 up to 25 mm
4/7
Siemens AG 2008
The supply voltage of the Ex separately driven fan motors is defined as follows: Type 2CW2 has voltage windings for wide range voltages (see subsequently Technical data of separately driven fan for Ex motors 1LA5/6/7/9, 1LG4/6 (frame sizes 180 and 200) in design for Zone 22). The separately driven fan motors 1LA/1MJ have a rated voltage (rated voltage range) with tolerances in accordance with EC/EN 60034-1, Categories A and B.
Technical data of separately driven fan for Ex motors 1LA5/6/7/9, 1LG4/6 (frame sizes 180 and 200) in design for Zone 22
Frame size Designation on rating plate of separately driven fan 2CW2 180-8RF54-1AC0 Rated voltage range V 230 to 277 220 to 290 380 to 500 Y 230 to 277 220 to 332 380 to 575 Y 230 to 277 220 to 290 380 to 500 Y 230 to 277 220 to 332 380 to 575 Y 230 to 277 220 to 290 380 to 500 Y 230 to 277 220 to 332 380 to 575 Y 230 to 277 220 to 290 380 to 500 Y 220 to 332 380 to 575 Y Frequency Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 50 50 60 60 Rated speed rpm 2790 2830 2830 3280 3490 3490 2720 2770 2770 3000 3280 3280 2860 2880 2880 3380 3470 3470 2780 2840 2830 3400 3400 Power consumption kW 0.075 0.086 0.086 0.094 0.093 0.093 0.073 0.085 0.085 0.107 0.094 0.094 0.115 0.138 0.138 0.185 0.148 0.148 0.236 0.220 0.220 0.284 0.284 Rated current A 0.29 0.27 0.16 0.28 0.27 0.16 0.26 0.27 0.15 0.31 0.28 0.16 0.40 0.45 0.24 0.59 0.41 0.24 0.96 0.76 0.43 0.94 0.56
100
112
2CW2 180-8RF54-1AC1
132
2CW2 180-8RF54-1AC2
160 to 225 1)
2CW2 180-8RF54-1AC3
1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 1 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC
1)
Separately driven fans with Order No. 1LA. ... are used for 1LG motors of frame size 225 and above.
4/8
Siemens AG 2008
225 M to 280 M
315 2-pole
1LA9 073-2LA92-Z
3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC
Technical data of separately driven fan for Ex motors 1MJ7 (frame sizes 225 bis 315) in design for Zone 1
Frame size Designation on rating plate of separately driven fan 1MJ6 073-2CA92-Z: Data for 50/60 Hz 1MJ6 073-2CA92-Z: Data for 50/60 Hz Rated voltage range V 220 to 240 380 to 420 Y 440 to 480 Y 220 to 240 380 to 420 Y 440 to 480 Y 220 to 240 380 to 420 Y 440 to 480 Y Frequency Hz 50 50 60 50 50 60 50 50 60 Rated speed rpm 2790 2790 3390 2790 2790 3390 2790 2790 3390 Power consumption kW 0.550 0.550 0.630 0.550 0.550 0.630 0.550 0.550 0.630 Rated current at rated voltage A 1.38 0.8 1.38 1.38 0.8 1.38 1.38 0.8 1.38
225 M to 280 M
315 2-pole
3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC
1)
2)
The values are only valid for the medium voltage of the rated voltage; therefore, there is no valid rated voltage range.
4/9
Siemens AG 2008
1LG from frame size 225 1MJ7 from frame size 225 Separately driven fan Order codes M95, M96, M98
G_D018_XX_00092
4
Frame size 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
Weight approx. kg 10 11 22 25 28 36
G_D018_XX_00093
Weight approx. kg 22 25 28 36
Zone 1 (Ex d/de) 1MJ6/7 l Weight approx. mm kg 372 27 370 32 370 34 385 40
4/10
Siemens AG 2008
rpm
kW 63 M ... 160 L 63 M ... 160 L 71 M ... 160 L 100 L ... 315 L 100 L ... 315 L 100 L ... 315 L 0.18 ... 16 0.12 ... 13.5 0.25 ... 9.7 2.5 ... 165 2 ... 165 1.3 ... 135
rpm 2810 ... 2910 1375 ... 1465 850 ... 965 2865 ... 2986 1420 ... 1492 935 ... 991
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de (Ex de IIC explosion-proof enclosure)
Speed Frame size Rated output Rated speed Rated torque Nm 1 ... 120 1 ... 196 2 ... 215 5 ... 198 145 ... 423 240 ... 848 293 ... 870 244 ... 970 Rated current at 400 V A 0.98 ... 64 0.78 ... 55 0.82 ... 42.5 1.16 ... 32 77 ... 225 67 ... 232 56 ... 162 37.5 ... 140 4/34 ... 4/35 4/36 ... 4/37 4/38 ... 4/39 4/40 ... 4/41 4/34 ... 4/35 4/36 ... 4/37 4/38 ... 4/39 4/40 ... 4/41 Detailed selection and ordering data Page
rpm
kW 71 M ... 200 L 71 M ... 200 L 71 M ... 200 L 90 L ... 200 L 225 M ... 315 M 225 S ... 315 M 225 M ... 315 M 225 S ... 315 M 0.37 ... 37 0.25 ... 30 0.25 ... 22 0.37 ... 15 45 ... 132 37 ... 132 30 ... 90 18.5 ... 75
rpm 2750 ... 2945 1325 ... 1465 870 ... 975 655 ... 725 2955 ... 2980 1475 ... 1486 978 ... 988 725 ... 738
4/11
Siemens AG 2008
rpm 3000, 2-pole 1500, 4-pole 1000, 6-pole 750, 8-pole 56 M 2) ... 225 M 56 M 2) ... 225 M 63 M ... 225 M 71 M ... 225 M
rpm 2830 ... 2959 1350 ... 1470 850 ... 978 630 ... 724
Nm 0.3 ... 145 0.42 ... 292 1 ... 293 1.4 ... 290
Motors for converter-fed operation 1LA8 3) with normal and special insulation or 1PQ8 3) with special insulation, see overview on Page 3/11.
1) 2)
Motor series 1LA5 is not possible for Zone 2. Motor series 1LA7 is only possible for Zone 2 in frame size 63 M and above.
3)
Motor series 1LA8 and 1PQ8 are not possible for Zone 21, 1PQ8 for Zones 2 and 22 on request.
4/12
Siemens AG 2008
More information
Fundamental physical principles and definitions Explosion An explosion is the sudden chemical reaction of a combustible substance with oxygen, involving the release of high energy. Combustible substances can be gases, vapors, fumes or dust. An explosion can only take place if the following three factors coincide: 1. Combustible substance (in the relevant distribution and concentration) 2. Oxygen (in the air) 3. Source of ignition (e.g. electrical spark) Primary and secondary explosion protection Integrated explosion protection 1. Prevention of dangerous potentially explosive atmospheres 2. Prevention of the ignition of dangerous potentially explosive atmospheres 3. Limiting the explosion to a negligible degree The principle of integrated explosion protection requires all explosion protection measures to be carried out in a defined order. A distinction is made here between primary and secondary protective measures. Primary explosion protection covers all measures that prevent the formation of a potentially explosive atmosphere. What are the protective measures that can be taken to minimize the risk of an explosion? Avoidance of combustible substances Inerting (addition of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, etc.) Limiting of the concentration Improved ventilation Secondary explosion protection is required if the explosion hazard cannot be removed or can only be partially removed using primary explosion protection measures. When considering safety-related factors, it is necessary to know certain characteristic quantities of combustible materials. Flash point The flash point for flammable liquids specifies the lowest temperature at which a vapor-air mixture forms over the surface of the liquid that can be ignited by a separate source. If the flash point of such a flammable liquid is significantly above the maximum occurring temperatures, a potentially explosive atmosphere cannot form there. However, the flash point of a mixture of different liquids can also be lower than the flash point of the individual components. In technical regulations, flammable liquids are divided into four hazard classes:
Hazard class AI AII AIII B Flash point <21 C 21 ... 55 C >55 ... 100 C <21 C, at 15 C soluble in water
Explosion limits Combustible substances form a potentially explosive atmosphere when they are present within a certain range of concentration (see Area subject to explosion hazard). If the concentration is too low (lean mixture) and if the concentration is too high (rich mixture) an explosion does not take place. Instead slow burning takes place, or no burning at all. Only in the area between the upper and the lower explosion limits does the mixture react explosively if ignited. The explosion limits depend on the surrounding pressure and the proportion of oxygen in the air (see the table below). We refer to a deflagration, explosion, or detonation, depending on the speed of combustion. A potentially explosive atmosphere is present if ignition represents a hazard for personnel or materials. A potentially explosive atmosphere, even one of low volume, can result in hazardous explosions in an enclosed space. Area subject to explosion hazard
100 % vol Mixture too weak No combustion Air concentration Area subject to explosion hazard 0 % vol Mixture too rich
Partial combustion, no explosion Lower explosion limit upper 100 % vol 0 % vol Concentration of combustible substance
Dusts In industrial environments, e.g. in chemical plants or in flour mills, solid matter is often present in small particles and also in the form of dust. The term dust is defined in DIN EN 50281-1-2 as small solid particles in the atmosphere that are deposited due to their own weight but which remain in the atmosphere for some time in the form of a dust/air mixture. Dust deposits are comparable to a porous body and have an air component of up to 90 %. If the temperature of dust deposits is increased, this can result in selfignition of the combustible substance in the form of dust. When deposits of dust with a small particle size are disturbed, there is a risk of explosion. This risk increases as the particle size decreases, because the surface area of the hollow space increases. Dust explosions are often the result of disturbed glowing dust deposits that carry the initial spark within them. Explosions of gas/air or vapor/air mixtures can also disturb dust, in which case the gas explosion can become a dust explosion.
4/13
Siemens AG 2008
Examples of safety characteristics in the case of disturbed dust include the minimum ignition energy and the ignition temperature, whereas in the case of dust deposits, the glowing temperature is a characteristic feature. Minimum ignition energy The application of a certain amount of energy is required to ignite a potentially explosive atmosphere. The minimum energy is taken to be the lowest possible converted energy, for example, the discharge of a capacitor, that will ignite the relevant flammable mixture. The minimum energy lies between approximately 10-5 J for hydrogen, and several Joules for certain dusts.
ATEX 137
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of March 23, 94/9/EG 1994 on the harmonization of laws of the Member States concerning equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres Minimum regulations for improving the health protection and safety 1999/92/EG of employees that could be endangered by potentially explosive atmospheres
12/16/99
06/30/03
4/14
Siemens AG 2008
IEC At the international level, the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) issues standards for explosion protection. The Technical Committee TC31 is responsible. Standards for explosion protection are found in the IEC 60079-x series (previously IEC 79-x). The x represents the numbers of the individual technical standards, e.g. IEC 60079-7 for intrinsic safety. Classification of explosion-protected equipment Identification The identification of electrical equipment for areas protected against explosion hazards should include: The manufacturer who supplied the equipment A designation that identifies it The implementation range - In underground mines I - Other areas II - Gases and vapors G -, dusts D or mines M -, The categories that specify whether the device can be used for specific zones The type(s) of protection to which the equipment complies The testing authority that issued the test certificate, the standard or version of the standard to which the equipment complies including the registration number of the certificate from the testing authority, and if necessary, the special conditions to be observed. The data that is normally required for an identical item of equipment in industrial design should also be provided. Example for identification according to 94/9/EU
CE 0158 II 2D IP65 T125 C Meaning Temperature range Enclosure protection class Ex protection zone Nominated authority for certification of the QA system in accordance with 94/9/EU Conformity mark
Meaning Manufacturer and type designation Acc. to EN 50281-.-. Protection afforded by housing, IP65 protection class Max. surface temperature +125 C Serial No. of test authority ATEX generation Certified 2000 Symbol of test authority
4/15
Siemens AG 2008
Description Areas where a potentially explosive atmosphere comprising dust-air mixtures is present continuously, over extended periods or frequently. Areas where it is expected that a hazardous, potentially explosive atmosphere comprising dust-air mixtures will occur occasionally and for short periods. Areas in which it is not to be expected that a potentially explosive atmosphere will be caused by stirred-up dust. If this does occur, then in all probability only rarely and for a short period.
21
2D 1D
22
3D 2D 1D
Device group II (other areas subject to explosion hazard) Category 1: 2: Extremely high High level of level of safety safety Sufficient safety Through 2 protec- In the event of tive measures/in frequent device the event of 2 faults/in the event faults of one fault Use Zone Zone Zone Zone 0 20 1 21 Atmosphere G D G D (gas) (dust)
Types of protection
3: Normal level of safety In the case of fault-free operation Zone 2 G Zone 22 D
The protection types are design measures and electrical measures carried out on the equipment to achieve explosion protection in the areas subject to explosion hazard. Protection types are secondary explosion protection measures. The scope of the secondary explosion protection measures depends on the probability of the occurrence of a hazardous, potentially explosive atmosphere. Electrical equipment for areas subject to explosion hazard must comply with the general requirements of IEC/EN 60079-0 and the specific requirements for the relevant type of protection in which the equipment is listed. The types of protection listed on the pages below are significant in accordance with IEC/EN 60079-0. All types of protection are based on different principles.
Zones Potentially explosive atmospheres are divided into zones. Division into zones depends on the chronological and geographical probability of the presence of a hazardous, potentially explosive atmosphere. Information and specifications for zone subdivision can be found in EN/IEC 60079-10. Equipment in areas where a constant explosion hazard exists (Zone 0/20) are subject to stricter requirements, and by contrast, equipment in less hazardous areas (Zone 1/21, Zone 2/22) is subject to less stringent requirements. In general, 95 % of systems are installed in Zone 1 and only 5 % of equipment is in Zone 0.
Types of protection for gases Degree of protection Coding General requirements Schematic diagram Basic principle
Standard
Examples
Use in Zone 0 1
General requirements for the type IEC/EN 60079-0 and testing of electrical equipment intended for the Ex area e Applies only to equipment, or its component parts, that normally does not create sparks or arcs, does not attain hazardous temperatures, and whose mains voltage does not exceed 1 kV If an explosion occurs inside the enclosure, the housing will withstand the pressure and the explosion will not be propagated outside the enclosure Zone 2 Slightly simplified application of the Several protection types other Zone 2 protection types n are included under this stands for non-igniting type IEC/EN 60079-7 Squirrel-cage motors, terminals, connection boxes Squirrel-cage motors, switchgear, transformers
Increased safety
Flameproof enclosure
IEC/EN 60079-1
Types of protection
1)
4/16
Siemens AG 2008
Encapsulation
mD
Protection by housing
tD
Intrinsic safety
iaD, ibD
Temperature classes The ignition temperature of flammable gases or a flammable liquid is the lowest temperature of a heated surface at which the gas/air or vapor/air mixture just ignites. Thus the highest surface temperature of any equipment must always be less than the ignition temperature of the surrounding atmosphere. Temperature classes T1 to T6 have been introduced for electrical equipment of Explosion group II. Equipment is assigned to each temperature class according to its maximum surface temperature. Equipment that corresponds to a higher temperature class can also be used for applications with a lower temperature class. Flammable gases and vapors are assigned to the relevant temperature class according to ignition temperature. Definition of the temperature classes
Temperature class Maximum surface temperature of the equipment 450 C 300 C 200 C 135 C 100 C 85 C Ignition temperatures of combustible substances >450 C >300 C >200 C >135 C >100 C >85 C
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6
Classification of gases and vapors into explosion groups and temperature classes
Explosion group I II A Temperature classes T1 Methane Acetone Ethane Ethyl acetate Ammonia Benzene (pure) Acetic acid Carbon monoxide Carbon dioxide Methane Methanol Propane Toluene Town gas (Illuminating gas) Hydrogen T2 Ethyl alcohol i-amyl acetate n-butane n-butyl alcohol T3 Petrol Diesel fuel Aviation gasoline Fuel oil n-hexane T4 Acetyl aldehyde Ethyl ether T5 T6
II B II C
For further information, please contact your local Siemens contact see Siemens Contacts Worldwide in the Appendix.
4/17
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.3 1.85 2.5 3.3 4.6 5.5 7.5 10 12.5 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.3 1.85 2.5 3.3 4.6 5.5 7.5 10 12.5 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 2810 2800 2825 2785 2845 2855 2850 2860 2865 2875 2920 2925 2945 2940 2940 0.61 0.85 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.7 4.4 6.2 8.3 11 15 18 24 33 41 66 68 73 72 73 79 78 81 82 84 83 86 87.5 88.5 89 0.74 0.81 0.8 0.80 0.85 0.85 0.88 0.88 0.87 0.89 0.9 0.92 0.9 0.92 0.93 0.55 0.7 0.93 1.4 1.81 2.5 2.9 3.95 5.3 6.7 9.2 10.6 14.3 18.6 23 1MA7 060-2BA 1MA7 063-2BA 1MA7 070-2BA 1MA7 073-2BA 1MA7 080-2BA 1MA7 083-2BA 1MA7 090-2BA 1MA7 096-2BA 1MA7 106-2BA 1MA7 113-2BB 1MA7 130-2BB 1MA7 131-2BB 1MA7 163-2BB 1MA7 164-2BB 1MA7 166-2BB 3.9 4.5 5.4 7 8.6 10.3 13.3 16.1 21 27 38 44 67 72 82
1) 1) 1) 1)
Rated output at 50 Hz 60 Hz
Temperature class
Frame size
Order No. For Order No. supplements for voltage and type of construction, see table below
Price
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
6.5 9.5 13 16 6.5 9.5 13 16 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 2900 2920 2910 2910 21 31 43 53 85 87 87.5 87 0.93 0.91 0.92 0.93 12.5 18.1 24.5 30 1MA7 131-2BB 1MA7 163-2BB 1MA7 164-2BB 1MA7 166-2BB
1) 1) 1) 2) 1) 2)
44 67 72 82
IM B35
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 IM V19 3) IM V19 3)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/19.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/18
Siemens AG 2008
J kgm
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1MA7 060-2BA 1MA7 063-2BA 1MA7 070-2BA 1MA7 073-2BA 1MA7 080-2BA 1MA7 083-2BA 1MA7 090-2BA 1MA7 096-2BA 1MA7 106-2BA 1MA7 113-2BB 1MA7 130-2BB 1MA7 131-2BB 1MA7 163-2BB 1MA7 164-2BB 1MA7 166-2BB 2.3 2.2 2.3 3 2.5 2.8 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.1 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.3 4.4 4.4 5.6 5.2 6.2 6.4 6.2 7.2 7.4 6.6 6.8 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.6 2.7 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 2.9 3 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 0.00018 0.00023 0.00035 0.00045 0.00085 0.0011 0.0015 0.002 0.0038 0.0055 0.016 0.021 0.034 0.04 0.052 49 49 52 52 56 56 60 60 62 63 68 68 70 70 70 60 60 63 63 67 67 72 72 74 75 80 80 82 82 82 30 19 28 18 13 12 12 9 9 10 15 15 29 23 21 27 16 25 13 11 10 11 8 8 9 13 13 18 12 9
Order No.
Locked-rotor Locked-rotor Breakdown torque current torque with direct starting as multiple of rated torque current torque TLR/Trated ILR/Irated TB/Trated
Torque class
Moment of inertia
Noise at rated output Measuring surface sound pressure level at 50 Hz LpfA dB(A) Sound pressure level at 50 Hz LWA dB(A)
CL
J kgm
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
1MA7 131-2BB 1MA7 163-2BB 1MA7 164-2BB 1MA7 166-2BB 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.8 6.5 6 5.8 5.8 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.3 13 13 13 13 0.021 0.034 0.04 0.052 68 70 70 70 80 82 82 82 12 24 16 15 7
1)
For the following versions T3-output is stamped as standard: order code A11/A12 voltage code 9 Alternative: order code C30 T1/T2-output on the rating plate Utilization according to temperature class 155 (F).
3)
2)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible.
4)
4/19
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1 1.35 2 2.5 3.6 5 6.8 10 13.5 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1 1.35 2 2.5 3.6 5 6.8 10 13.5 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 1375 1330 1310 1355 1390 1395 1420 1415 1420 1415 1435 1445 1465 1455 1465 0.83 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.8 5.1 6.7 9.1 14 17 24 33 44 66 88 55 57 60 67 73 73 77 78 80 81 85 86 87 88 89 0.66 0.75 0.77 0.74 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.83 0.82 0.82 0.87 0.84 0.52 0.62 0.8 1.1 1.59 2.05 2.5 3.1 4.5 5.5 7.5 10.4 14 19.7 27 1MA7 060-4BB 1MA7 063-4BB 1MA7 070-4BB 1MA7 073-4BB 1MA7 080-4BA 1MA7 083-4BA 1MA7 090-4BA 1MA7 096-4BA 1MA7 106-4BA 1MA7 107-4BA 1MA7 113-4BA 1MA7 130-4BA 1MA7 133-4BA 1MA7 163-4BB 1MA7 166-4BB 3.9 4.5 6 6.4 8.4 11 12.7 16 20 23 29 42 61 67 107
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
0.25 0.37 0.55 0.65 0.95 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.5 4.8 6.6 9.7 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.65 0.95 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.5 4.8 6.6 9.7 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 850 920 930 915 915 935 940 945 955 950 960 965 2.8 3.6 5.6 6.8 9.9 13 19 26 35 48 65 96 63 68 69 70 72 77 79 79 81 83 85 88 0.72 0.7 0.67 0.75 0.75 0.73 0.76 0.75 0.72 0.76 0.75 0.76 0.81 1.14 1.75 1.8 2.6 3.35 4.7 6.5 9 11.4 14.9 21 1MA7 073-6BA 1MA7 080-6BA 1MA7 083-6BA 1MA7 090-6BA 1MA7 096-6BA 1MA7 106-6BA 1MA7 113-6BB 1MA7 130-6BB 1MA7 133-6BB 1MA7 134-6BB 1MA7 163-6BB 1MA7 166-6BB 6.7 8.3 12.5 14 15.7 20 24 36 41 50 70 105
Final position: Type of construction code Without With flange flange IM B3/6/7/8, IM B5, IM V1 IM B35 IM V6 1) IM V3 1) with protective cover 1) 2) 0 1 4 6
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 IM V19 1) IM V19 1)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/21.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/20
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1MA7 060-4BB 1MA7 063-4BB 1MA7 070-4BB 1MA7 073-4BB 1MA7 080-4BA 1MA7 083-4BA 1MA7 090-4BA 1MA7 096-4BA 1MA7 106-4BA 1MA7 107-4BA 1MA7 113-4BA 1MA7 130-4BA 1MA7 133-4BA 1MA7 163-4BB 1MA7 166-4BB 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.4 2.6 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 3 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.7 3.1 3.7 4.6 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.4 6.4 7.2 6.6 7.7 6.5 6.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.6 2.7 3 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 0.0003 0.0004 0.0006 0.00083 0.0015 0.0018 0.0028 0.0035 0.0048 0.0058 0.011 0.021 0.027 0.052 0.057 42 42 44 44 47 47 48 48 53 53 53 62 62 66 66 53 53 55 55 58 58 60 60 65 65 65 74 74 78 78 35 30 50 35 24 19 16 15 13 12 10 10 11 17 18 30 25 40 29 21 16 14 13 11 10 9 9 9 10 9
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1MA7 073-6BA 1MA7 080-6BA 1MA7 083-6BA 1MA7 090-6BA 1MA7 096-6BA 1MA7 106-6BA 1MA7 113-6BB 1MA7 130-6BB 1MA7 133-6BB 1MA7 134-6BB 1MA7 163-6BB 1MA7 166-6BB 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.3 1.8 2.3 2.4 2.7 2.8 3 3.6 4 3.9 4.1 4.8 5 4.4 5.1 5.6 6.4 7.7 2.1 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.8 2.8 3.1 2.2 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 0.0009 0.0015 0.0025 0.0028 0.0038 0.0063 0.011 0.015 0.019 0.025 0.041 0.055 39 40 40 43 43 47 52 63 63 63 66 66 50 51 51 55 55 59 64 75 75 75 78 78 130 60 30 35 22 26 19 21 16 13 18 15 70 55 27 30 19 26 16 18 13 11 9 8
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. For motors 1MA7 06.-4. (motor series 1MA7 frame size 63, 4-pole) not possible.
2) 3)
4/21
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
2.5 3.3 4.6 5.5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 24 28 38 36 47 47 64 58 76 68 95 80 112 100 135 125 165 2.5 3.3 4.6 5.5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 24 28 38 36 47 47 64 58 76 68 95 80 112 100 135 125 165 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 T3 T1,T2 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 225 M 225 M 250 M 250 M 280 S 280 S 280 M 280 M 315 S 315 S 315 M 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 315 L 2865 2875 2920 2925 2945 2940 2940 2955 2950 2965 2970 2970 2975 2975 2983 2980 2982 2978 2985 2985 2985 2985 2984 2984 2985 2986 8.3 11 15 18 24 33 41 49 64 77 90 122 116 151 150 205 186 244 218 304 256 358 320 432 400 528 82 84 83 86 87.5 88.5 89 92 91.2 92 93.6 93.9 93.5 93.9 94.5 94.3 94.7 94.8 94 94.6 94.8 94.8 94.9 95.2 95.5 95.7 0.87 0.89 0.9 0.92 0.9 0.92 0.93 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.9 0.89 0.91 0.9 0.9 0.89 0.91 0.9 0.91 0.9 0.91 0.91 0.92 0.91 0.91 0.91 5.3 6.7 9.3 10.7 15.3 19.1 23 29 49 46 51 69 2) 64 85 84 115 104 134 120 169 142 198 2) 174 234 214 280 1MA6 106-2BA 1MA6 113-2BB 1MA6 130-2BB 1MA6 131-2BB 1MA6 163-2BB 1MA6 164-2BB 1MA6 166-2BB 1MA6 183-2BC 1MA6 206-2BC 1MA6 207-2BC 1MA6 223-2BC 1MA6 223-2AC 1MA6 253-2BC 1MA6 253-2AC 1MA6 280-2BD 1MA6 280-2AD 1MA6 283-2BD 1MA6 283-2AD 1MA6 310-2BD 1MA6 310-2AD 1MA6 313-2BD 1MA6 313-2AD 1MA6 316-2BD 1MA6 316-2AD 1MA6 317-2BD 1MA6 317-2AD 34 43 53 58 96 105 115 170 245 246 310 310 415 415 570 570 610 610 790 790 850 850 990 990 1100 1100
1) 1) 1) 1)
3) 3)
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 IM V19 4) IM V19 4) 2 7 3
4 10)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/23.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/22
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1MA6 106-2BA 1MA6 113-2BB 1MA6 130-2BB 1MA6 131-2BB 1MA6 163-2BB 1MA6 164-2BB 1MA6 166-2BB 1MA6 183-2BC 1MA6 206-2BC 1MA6 207-2BC 1MA6 223-2BC 1MA6 223-2AC 1MA6 253-2BC 1MA6 253-2AC 1MA6 280-2BD 1MA6 280-2AD 1MA6 283-2BD 1MA6 283-2AD 1MA6 310-2BD 1MA6 310-2AD 1MA6 313-2BD 1MA6 313-2AD 1MA6 316-2BD 1MA6 316-2AD 1MA6 317-2BD 1MA6 317-2AD 2.6 2.1 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.3 2 1.9 2 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.5 1.8 7.4 6.6 6.8 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 6.9 6 6.4 6.4 7 6.6 6.5 7.1 7.8 7.2 7.5 7.1 7.3 7 7.5 6.8 7.4 7.3 9.3 2.8 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 2.9 3 3.3 2.9 3 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.9 2.5 2.9 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 0.0038 0.0055 0.016 0.021 0.034 0.04 0.052 0.077 0.14 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.45 0.45 0.79 0.79 0.92 0.92 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 2.3 2.3 62 63 68 68 70 70 70 70 71 71 71 71 75 75 77 77 77 77 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 74 75 80 80 82 82 82 83 84 84 84 84 89 89 91 91 91 91 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 9 10 15 15 29 23 23 30 35 35 30 16 30 18 30 19 27 15 50 30 40 21 40 17 30 7 8 9 13 13 18 12 9 14 14 10 13 11 23 11 21 19 11 7
1)
For the following versions T3-output is stamped as standard: order code A11/A12 voltage code 9 Alternative: order code C30 T1/T2-output on the rating plate For connection to 230 V, parallel supply cables are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). Technical data and dimensions are available for VIK version (order code K30) on request (additional charge). The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
5)
If motors 1MA6 183-... to 1MA6 318-... (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported. 1MA6 220-... to 1MA6 318-... motors (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E. 2-pole motors in 60 Hz version available on request.
6)
2) 3) 4)
7) 8) 9) 10)
4/23
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
6.5 9.5 13 16 19 25 31 6.5 9.5 13 16 19 25 31 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 2900 2920 2910 2910 2935 2960 2950 21 31 43 53 62 81 100 85 87 87.5 87 91.1 90.6 91.4 0.91 0.88 0.92 0.93 0.88 0.86 0.88 12.6 18.6 24.5 30 36.5 39 60 1MA6 131-2BB 1MA6 163-2BB 1MA6 164-2BB 1MA6 166-2BB 1MA6 183-2BC 1MA6 206-2BC 1MA6 207-2BC
2) 2) 1) 2) 1) 2) 1) 1) 1)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1) 2)
Utilization according to temperature class 155 (F). For the following versions T3-output is stamped as standard: order code A11/A12 voltage code 9 Alternative: order code C30 T1/T2-output on the rating plate The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
4)
If motors 1MA6 183-... to 1MA6 318-... (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported. 1MA6 220-... to 1MA6 318-... motors (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
5)
3)
6) 7)
4/24
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
1MA6 131-2BB 1MA6 163-2BB 1MA6 164-2BB 1MA6 166-2BB 1MA6 183-2BC 1MA6 206-2BC 1MA6 207-2BC 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.5 6.5 6 5.8 5.8 5.5 4.8 4.9 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.6 2.3 2.3 13 13 13 13 10 10 10 0.021 0.034 0.04 0.052 0.077 0.14 0.16 12 24 16 5 24 28 26 7
4/25
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
2 2.5 3.6 5 6.8 10 13.5 15 17.5 24 30 36 44 58 70 84 100 115 135 2 2.5 3.6 5 6.8 10 13.5 15 17.5 24 30 36 44 58 70 84 100 115 135 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 1420 1415 1435 1445 1460 1455 1465 1470 1470 1475 1481 1484 1485 1488 1488 1492 1492 1490 1492 14 17 24 33 44 66 88 97 114 155 193 232 283 372 449 538 640 740 868 80 81 85 86 87 88 89 90.7 91.6 92.5 93.3 93.8 94 94.6 94.8 95.4 95.8 95.6 95.8 0.82 0.83 0.83 0.82 0.82 0.87 0.84 0.8 0.8 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.84 0.85 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.86 4.5 5.5 7.5 10.4 14 19.7 27 31 36 47.5 59 70 1) 83 111 130 158 185 214 245 1MA6 106-4BA 1MA6 107-4BA 1MA6 113-4BA 1MA6 130-4BA 1MA6 133-4BA 1MA6 163-4BB 1MA6 166-4BB 1MA6 183-4BC 1MA6 186-4BC 1MA6 207-4BC 1MA6 220-4BC 1MA6 223-4BC 1MA6 253-4BC 1MA6 280-4BC 1MA6 283-4BC 1MA6 310-4BD 1MA6 313-4BD 1MA6 316-4BD 1MA6 317-4BD 33 36 45 55 62 100 114 165 177 280 300 330 435 610 660 830 910 1060 1200
2) 2)
2) 2)
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 3) IM V19 IM V19 3)
1 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7)
8)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/27.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/26
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1MA6 106-4BA 1MA6 107-4BA 1MA6 113-4BA 1MA6 130-4BA 1MA6 133-4BA 1MA6 163-4BB 1MA6 166-4BB 1MA6 183-4BC 1MA6 186-4BC 1MA6 207-4BC 1MA6 220-4BC 1MA6 223-4BC 1MA6 253-4BC 1MA6 280-4BC 1MA6 283-4BC 1MA6 310-4BD 1MA6 313-4BD 1MA6 316-4BD 1MA6 317-4BD 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 3 2.3 2.4 1.8 1.8 2.1 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.7 6.4 6.4 7.2 6.6 7.7 6.5 6.9 6.1 6.4 7.9 6.7 6.9 7.3 6.3 7 7.7 7.2 7.5 7.8 2.7 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.6 2.7 3 2.9 3 3 2.7 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.8 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 7 7 7 7 0.0048 0.0058 0.011 0.021 0.027 0.052 0.057 0.13 0.15 0.24 0.44 0.52 0.79 1.4 1.6 2.2 2.7 3.2 4.2 53 53 53 62 62 66 66 63 63 65 65 65 65 67 67 69 69 69 69 65 65 65 74 74 78 78 76 76 78 78 78 79 81 81 83 83 83 83 13 12 10 10 10 17 18 18 16 20 13 12 18 30 26 28 29 28 26 11 10 9 9 9 10 9 11 11 11 13 12 11 7 6 8 7 5 7
1) 2) 3)
For connection to 230 V, parallel supply cables are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). Technical data and dimensions are available for VIK version (order code K30) on request (additional charge). The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MA6 183-... to 1MA6 318-... (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
5)
1MA6 220-... to 1MA6 318-... motors (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
6) 7) 8)
4)
4/27
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
17 20 27 33 40 50 68 80 100 120 135 165 17 20 27 33 40 50 68 80 100 120 135 165 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 1460 1465 1475 1480 1480 1485 1485 1485 1490 1488 1488 1485 111 130 175 213 258 322 437 514 641 770 868 1061 90 90.6 92.4 93.1 93.6 93.8 94.5 94.8 95.3 95.7 95.5 95.8 0.82 0.82 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.85 0.87 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.87 35.5 41 2) 53 64 2) 77 2) 94 131 150 2) 188 222 2) 248 305 1MA6 183-4BC 1MA6 186-4BC 1MA6 207-4BC 1MA6 220-4BC 1MA6 223-4BC 1MA6 253-4BC 1MA6 280-4BC 1MA6 283-4BC 1MA6 310-4BD 1MA6 313-4BD 1MA6 316-4BD 1MA6 317-4BD
1) 1)
3) 3)
3) 3)
165 177 280 300 330 435 610 660 830 910 1060 1200
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 IM V19 4) IM V19 4)
1 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8)
9)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1) 2) 3) 4)
Utilization according to temperature class 155 (F). For connection to 230 V, parallel supply cables are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). Technical data and dimensions are available for VIK version (order code K30) on request (additional charge). The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
5)
If motors 1MA6 183-... to 1MA6 318-... (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported. 1MA6 220-... to 1MA6 318-... motors (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
6)
7) 8) 9)
4/28
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
1MA6 183-4BC 1MA6 186-4BC 1MA6 207-4BC 1MA6 220-4BC 1MA6 223-4BC 1MA6 253-4BC 1MA6 280-4BC 1MA6 283-4BC 1MA6 310-4BD 1MA6 313-4BD 1MA6 316-4BD 1MA6 317-4BD 1.6 1.6 1.9 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.5 5.3 5.6 7.1 6.2 6.2 6.4 5.3 6 6.5 6 6.4 6.3 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.5 2.5 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.3 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 7 7 7 7 0.13 0.15 0.24 0.44 0.52 0.79 1.4 1.6 2.2 2.7 3.2 4.2 13 13 19 11 10 15 23 20 24 24 21 17
4/29
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1.3 1.9 2.6 3.5 4.8 6.6 9.7 13.2 16.5 20 27 33 40 46 64 76 92 110 125 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.5 4.8 6.6 9.7 13.2 16.5 20 27 33 40 46 64 76 92 110 125 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T1,T2,T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 935 940 945 955 950 960 965 975 980 980 980 985 990 988 991 991 991 991 991 13 19 26 35 48 65 96 129 161 195 263 320 386 445 617 732 887 1060 1210 77 79 79 81 83 85 88 89.6 90.5 90.8 92.5 93 93.3 93.5 94.3 94.6 95 95.2 95.2 0.73 0.76 0.75 0.72 0.76 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.84 0.86 3.35 4.7 6.5 9 11.4 14.9 21 28.5 34.5 41 54 66 77 86 124 146 172 210 220 1MA6 106-6BA 1MA6 113-6BB 1MA6 130-6BB 1MA6 133-6BB 1MA6 134-6BB 1MA6 163-6BB 1MA6 166-6BB 1MA6 186-6BC 1MA6 206-6BC 1MA6 207-6BC 1MA6 223-6BC 1MA6 253-6BC 1MA6 280-6BC 1MA6 283-6BC 1MA6 310-6BC 1MA6 313-6BC 1MA6 316-6BC 1MA6 317-6BC 1MA6 318-6BC 33 40 50 57 66 103 122 177 220 235 305 410 540 580 770 830 970 1060 1100
1) 1) 2)
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 3) IM V19 IM V19 3)
1 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7)
8)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/31.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/30
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T3
1MA6 106-6BA 1MA6 113-6BB 1MA6 130-6BB 1MA6 133-6BB 1MA6 134-6BB 1MA6 163-6BB 1MA6 166-6BB 1MA6 186-6BC 1MA6 206-6BC 1MA6 207-6BC 1MA6 223-6BC 1MA6 253-6BC 1MA6 280-6BC 1MA6 283-6BC 1MA6 310-6BC 1MA6 313-6BC 1MA6 316-6BC 1MA6 317-6BC 1MA6 318-6BC 2.4 2.3 1.8 2.3 2.4 2.7 2.8 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 4.8 5 4.4 5.1 5.6 6.4 7.7 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.3 6.2 6.5 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.8 7 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.8 2.8 3.1 2.2 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 0.0063 0.011 0.015 0.019 0.025 0.041 0.055 0.2 0.29 0.33 0.57 0.89 1.3 1.5 2.4 2.9 3.5 4.3 4.9 47 52 63 63 63 66 66 66 66 66 66 60 60 60 63 63 63 63 63 59 64 75 75 75 78 78 78 78 78 78 74 74 74 77 77 77 77 77 26 19 21 16 13 18 15 22 23 22 15 16 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 16 18 13 11 9 8 18 19 17 15 16 13 12 14 8 9 6 6
1) 2) 3)
Technical data and dimensions are available for VIK version (order code K30) on request (additional charge). Only certified for rated voltage of 400 V. The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MA6 183-... to 1MA6 318-... (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
5)
1MA6 220-... to 1MA6 318-... motors (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
6) 7) 8)
4)
4/31
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
50 68 82 98 120 135 50 68 82 98 120 135 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 T1,T2 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 987 990 990 990 990 990 484 656 791 945 1160 1300 93.3 94.2 94.5 94.8 95 95 0.86 0.85 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.86 96 131 158 185 230 240 2) 1MA6 283-6BC 1MA6 310-6BC 1MA6 313-6BC 1MA6 316-6BC 1MA6 317-6BC 1MA6 318-6BC 580 770 830 970 1060 1100
1) 1)
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14 IM V19 3) IM V19 3)
1 7) 7)
8)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1) 2) 3)
Technical data and dimensions are available for VIK version (order code K30) on request (additional charge). Only certified for rated voltage of 400 V. The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MA6 183-... to 1MA6 318-... (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
5)
1MA6 220-... to 1MA6 318-... motors (motor series 1MA6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
6) 7) 8)
4)
4/32
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 and T2, with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)
1MA6 283-6BC 1MA6 310-6BC 1MA6 313-6BC 1MA6 316-6BC 1MA6 317-6BC 1MA6 318-6BC 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.1 6.2 6.5 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 10 10 10 10 10 10 1.5 2.4 2.9 3.5 4.3 4.9 14 22 18 20 16 17
4/33
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T4
0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 17.3 21.3 24.5 33.5 41.5 51 62 84 101 123 148 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 L 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 2750 2790 2840 2835 2850 2860 2885 2895 2925 2930 2940 2940 2940 2940 2940 2945 2955 2965 2975 2975 2980 2980 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.7 5 7.4 9.9 13 18 24 36 49 60 71 97 120 145 177 241 289 353 423 67 71 72 74 78 80 82 84 85 87 88 89 91 92 92.3 92.8 93.9 94 94.7 95.1 94.8 95.1 0.81 0.81 0.86 0.87 0.84 0.86 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.91 0.91 0.88 0.89 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.91 0.9 0.9 0.98 1.38 1.75 2.45 3.3 4.6 6.2 7.8 10.5 14.5 20.5 26.5 32.5 39 53 64 77 1) 93 128 1) 150 1) 186 1) 225 1) 1MJ6 070-2CA 1MJ6 073-2CA 1MJ6 080-2CA 1MJ6 083-2CA 1MJ6 096-2CA 1MJ6 097-2CA 1MJ6 106-2CA 1MJ6 113-2CA 1MJ6 130-2CA 1MJ6 131-2CA 1MJ6 163-2CA 1MJ6 164-2CA 1MJ6 166-2CA 1MJ6 183-2CA 1MJ6 206-2CA 1MJ6 207-2CA 1MJ7 223-2CB 1MJ7 253-2CB 1MJ7 280-2CC 1MJ7 283-2CC 1MJ7 310-2CC 1MJ7 313-2CC 19 20 24 26 32 35 44 57 75 82 123 134 161 175 250 266 335 445 600 640 840 900
1 1MJ6 07 . - . . . 1MJ6 08 . - . . . 1MJ6 09 . - . . . 1MJ6 10 . - . . . 1MJ6 11 . - . . . 1MJ6 13 . - . . . 1MJ6 16 . - . . . 1MJ6 18 . - . . . 1MJ6 20 . - . . . 1MJ7 22 . - . . . 1MJ7 25 . - . . . 1MJ7 28 . - . . . 1MJ7 31 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/35.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/34
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T4
1MJ6 070-2CA 1MJ6 073-2CA 1MJ6 080-2CA 1MJ6 083-2CA 1MJ6 096-2CA 1MJ6 097-2CA 1MJ6 106-2CA 1MJ6 113-2CA 1MJ6 130-2CA 1MJ6 131-2CA 1MJ6 163-2CA 1MJ6 164-2CA 1MJ6 166-2CA 1MJ6 183-2CA 1MJ6 206-2CA 1MJ6 207-2CA 1MJ7 223-2CB 1MJ7 253-2CB 1MJ7 280-2CC 1MJ7 283-2CC 1MJ7 310-2CC 1MJ7 313-2CC 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.4 2 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 2 1.8 1.9 4.3 5.3 6.3 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.7 7.6 5.9 6.9 6.5 6.6 7 6.9 6.5 7.7 6.9 6.9 7 7 7 7 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.8 3 2.8 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.1 3.3 3.2 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 10 10 10 10 0.00035 0.00045 0.00085 0.0011 0.0015 0.002 0.0038 0.0055 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.14 0.16 0.24 0.45 0.79 0.92 1.3 1.5 52 52 56 56 60 60 62 63 68 68 70 70 70 70 71 71 71 75 77 77 79 79 63 63 67 67 72 72 74 75 80 80 82 82 82 83 84 84 84 89 91 91 93 93
The 1MJ6/1MJ7 motors can also be ordered for use with type of protection Ex d/de (Zone 1)/dust-Ex Zone 21, as well as for Zone 22 for conducting dust: Mains-fed operation order code M76 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M77 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options. Other versions up to 900 kW as 2-pole motors as DN series with Order No. 1PS4 (Ex de IIB), 1PS5 (Ex de IIC) available; also higher outputs and other numbers of poles possible. Place request with: Loher GmbH (a Siemens company) Hans-Loher-Str. 32 94099 Ruhstorf/Rott http://www.loher.com
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MJ6 183-... to 1MJ7 313-... (motor series 1MJ6 frame size 180 M and above to 1MJ7 frame size 315 M) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
4)
1MJ7 220-... to 1MJ7 313-... motors (motor series 1MJ7 frame sizes 225 S to 315 M) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
5) 6)
3)
4/35
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T4
0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 0.29 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 17.3 21.3 25.3 34.5 42.5 52 63 86 104 127 152 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 L 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 1325 1375 1395 1395 1410 1420 1420 1415 1435 1450 1450 1455 1455 1460 1460 1465 1475 1475 1480 1485 1485 1486 1486 1.8 2.5 3.7 5.1 7.5 10 15 20 27 36 49 72 98 121 144 196 240 292 355 482 579 707 848 60 64 71 73 73 77 78 80 83 86 86 87 89 90.5 91.2 91.8 93 93.4 94 94.7 95 94.8 95.5 0.77 0.74 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.8 0.8 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.78 1.13 1.42 1.88 2.7 3.5 5.1 6.6 8 11.1 15 21.5 28.5 35 41 55 67 1) 80 1) 97 1) 132 1) 160 1) 194 1) 232 1) 1MJ6 070-4CB 1MJ6 073-4CB 1MJ6 080-4CA 1MJ6 083-4CA 1MJ6 096-4CA 1MJ6 097-4CA 1MJ6 106-4CA 1MJ6 107-4CA 1MJ6 113-4CA 1MJ6 130-4CA 1MJ6 133-4CA 1MJ6 163-4CA 1MJ6 166-4CA 1MJ6 183-4CA 1MJ6 186-4CA 1MJ6 207-4CA 1MJ7 220-4CA 1MJ7 223-4CA 1MJ7 253-4CA 1MJ7 280-4CA 1MJ7 283-4CA 1MJ7 310-4CA 1MJ7 313-4CA 20 21 24 26 32 35 44 47 58 76 85 128 158 175 189 247 325 355 465 630 680 870 950
1 1MJ6 07 . - . . . 1MJ6 08 . - . . . 1MJ6 09 . - . . . 1MJ6 10 . - . . . 1MJ6 11 . - . . . 1MJ6 13 . - . . . 1MJ6 16 . - . . . 1MJ6 18 . - . . . 1MJ6 20 . - . . . 1MJ7 22 . - . . . 1MJ7 25 . - . . . 1MJ7 28 . - . . . 1MJ7 31 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/37.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/36
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T4
1MJ6 070-4CB 1MJ6 073-4CB 1MJ6 080-4CA 1MJ6 083-4CA 1MJ6 096-4CA 1MJ6 097-4CA 1MJ6 106-4CA 1MJ6 107-4CA 1MJ6 113-4CA 1MJ6 130-4CA 1MJ6 133-4CA 1MJ6 163-4CA 1MJ6 166-4CA 1MJ6 183-4CA 1MJ6 186-4CA 1MJ6 207-4CA 1MJ7 220-4CA 1MJ7 223-4CA 1MJ7 253-4CA 1MJ7 280-4CA 1MJ7 283-4CA 1MJ7 310-4CA 1MJ7 313-4CA 1.8 2 2.3 2.5 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.7 2.8 2.4 2.7 2.4 2.8 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.7 5 4.9 5.8 6 6.4 7.2 6.9 7.7 6.6 7.4 7.1 7.1 7.4 7 7 6.7 6.7 6.8 6.7 7.2 1.8 2 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.6 3 3 3.3 3.3 2.9 3.2 3 3 3.2 3.1 3.2 2.5 2.7 2.8 2.7 3 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.0006 0.0008 0.0015 0.0018 0.0028 0.0035 0.0048 0.0058 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.13 0.15 0.24 0.44 0.52 0.79 1.4 1.6 2.2 2.7 44 44 47 47 48 48 53 53 53 62 62 66 66 63 63 65 65 65 65 67 67 69 69 55 55 58 58 60 60 65 65 65 74 74 78 78 76 76 78 78 78 79 81 81 83 83
The 1MJ6/1MJ7 motors can also be ordered for use with type of protection Ex d/de (Zone 1)/dust-Ex Zone 21, as well as for Zone 22 for conducting dust: Mains-fed operation order code M76 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M77 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options. Other versions up to 1400 kW as 4-pole motors as DN series with Order No. 1PS4 (Ex de IIB), 1PS5 (Ex de IIC) available; also higher outputs and other numbers of poles possible. Place request with: Loher GmbH (a Siemens company) Hans-Loher-Str. 32 94099 Ruhstorf/Rott http://www.loher.com
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MJ6 183-... to 1MJ7 313-... (motor series 1MJ6 frame size 180 M and above to 1MJ7 frame size 315 M) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
4)
1MJ7 220-... to 1MJ7 313-... motors (motor series 1MJ7 frame sizes 225 S to 315 M) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
5) 6)
3)
4/37
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection temperature classes T1 to T4
0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 0.29 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 18 22 26.5 36 44.5 54 66 90 108 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 L 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 870 910 900 910 905 930 945 945 945 950 960 960 970 975 975 978 980 982 984 988 988 2.7 3.9 5.8 8 12 15 22 30 40 55 75 109 148 181 215 293 361 438 534 725 870 63 64 64 68 72 75 76 78 79 83 86 87 89 90.2 90.8 92 92.4 93 93.6 93.8 94.2 0.7 0.71 0.74 0.74 0.75 0.73 0.76 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.72 0.74 0.83 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.84 0.86 0.86 0.85 0.85 0.82 1.18 1.67 2.15 2.95 4 5.5 7.4 9.6 12.6 17.5 24.5 29.5 36 42.5 56 69 81 99 1) 136 162 1) 1MJ6 073-6CA 1MJ6 080-6CA 1MJ6 083-6CA 1MJ6 096-6CA 1MJ6 097-6CA 1MJ6 106-6CA 1MJ6 113-6CA 1MJ6 130-6CA 1MJ6 133-6CA 1MJ6 134-6CA 1MJ6 163-6CA 1MJ6 166-6CA 1MJ6 186-6CA 1MJ6 206-6CA 1MJ6 207-6CA 1MJ7 223-6CA 1MJ7 253-6CA 1MJ7 280-6CA 1MJ7 283-6CA 1MJ7 310-6CA 1MJ7 313-6CA 16 35 22.5 32 32 39 52 78 85 92 134 167 190 240 255 330 440 560 600 810 870
1 1MJ6 07 . - . . . 1MJ6 08 . - . . . 1MJ6 09 . - . . . 1MJ6 10 . - . . . 1MJ6 11 . - . . . 1MJ6 13 . - . . . 1MJ6 16 . - . . . 1MJ6 18 . - . . . 1MJ6 20 . - . . . 1MJ7 22 . - . . . 1MJ7 25 . - . . . 1MJ7 28 . - . . . 1MJ7 31 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/39.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/38
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection temperature classes T1 to T4
1MJ6 073-6CA 1MJ6 080-6CA 1MJ6 083-6CA 1MJ6 096-6CA 1MJ6 097-6CA 1MJ6 106-6CA 1MJ6 113-6CA 1MJ6 130-6CA 1MJ6 133-6CA 1MJ6 134-6CA 1MJ6 163-6CA 1MJ6 166-6CA 1MJ6 186-6CA 1MJ6 206-6CA 1MJ6 207-6CA 1MJ7 223-6CA 1MJ7 253-6CA 1MJ7 280-6CA 1MJ7 283-6CA 1MJ7 310-6CA 1MJ7 313-6CA 2.2 1.9 2 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.2 2 2 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.4 2.5 2.4 2.4 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.5 4.8 4.8 5 5.4 5.1 5.5 6.3 6.3 5.7 5.7 6 6 6.2 6.2 6.2 2.2 2 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.5 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.0009 0.0015 0.0018 0.0028 0.0035 0.0063 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.2 0.29 0.33 0.57 0.89 1.3 1.5 2.4 2.9 39 40 40 43 43 47 52 63 63 63 66 66 66 66 66 66 60 60 60 63 63 50 51 51 55 55 59 64 75 75 75 78 78 78 78 78 78 74 74 74 77 77
The 1MJ6/1MJ7 motors can also be ordered for use with type of protection Ex d/de (Zone 1)/dust-Ex Zone 21, as well as for Zone 22 for conducting dust: Mains-fed operation order code M76 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M77 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options. Other versions up to 1600 kW as 6-pole motors as DN series with Order No. 1PS4 (Ex de IIB), 1PS5 (Ex de IIC) available; also higher outputs and other numbers of poles possible. Place request with: Loher GmbH (a Siemens company) Hans-Loher-Str. 32 94099 Ruhstorf/Rott http://www.loher.com
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MJ6 183-... to 1MJ7 313-... (motor series 1MJ6 frame size 180 M and above to 1MJ7 frame size 315 M) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
4)
1MJ7 220-... to 1MJ7 313-... motors (motor series 1MJ7 frame sizes 225 S to 315 M) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
5) 6)
3)
4/39
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T4
0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 13.2 18 22 26.5 36 44.5 54 66 90 90 L 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 655 655 685 685 700 695 700 715 710 715 725 725 725 725 730 732 734 738 738 5.3 7.9 10 16 21 30 40 54 74 100 145 198 244 290 392 483 585 712 970 61 65 65 74 74 74 76 81 83 84 87 87.5 88.6 90.1 91.6 92.7 92.8 93.1 93.6 0.76 0.76 0.72 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.7 0.78 0.8 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.83 0.82 0.82 1.16 1.62 2.3 2.9 4 6 7.9 9.9 13.3 17.9 26 32 37.5 43.5 58 70 84 104 140 1MJ6 096-8CB 1MJ6 097-8CB 1MJ6 106-8CB 1MJ6 107-8CB 1MJ6 113-8CB 1MJ6 130-8CB 1MJ6 133-8CB 1MJ6 163-8CB 1MJ6 164-8CB 1MJ6 166-8CB 1MJ6 186-8CB 1MJ6 207-8CB 1MJ7 220-8CB 1MJ7 223-8CB 1MJ7 253-8CB 1MJ7 280-8CB 1MJ7 283-8CB 1MJ7 310-8CB 1MJ7 313-8CB 27.5 29.5 40 48 52 78 85 119 134 159 191 263 325 350 465 570 620 780 890
1 1MJ6 07 . - . . . 1MJ6 08 . - . . . 1MJ6 09 . - . . . 1MJ6 10 . - . . . 1MJ6 11 . - . . . 1MJ6 13 . - . . . 1MJ6 16 . - . . . 1MJ6 18 . - . . . 1MJ6 20 . - . . . 1MJ7 22 . - . . . 1MJ7 25 . - . . . 1MJ7 28 . - . . . 1MJ7 31 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction). For footnotes, see Page 4/41.
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
4/40
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, temperature classes T1 to T4
1MJ6 096-8CB 1MJ6 097-8CB 1MJ6 106-8CB 1MJ6 107-8CB 1MJ6 113-8CB 1MJ6 130-8CB 1MJ6 133-8CB 1MJ6 163-8CB 1MJ6 164-8CB 1MJ6 166-8CB 1MJ6 186-8CB 1MJ6 207-8CB 1MJ7 220-8CB 1MJ7 223-8CB 1MJ7 253-8CB 1MJ7 280-8CB 1MJ7 283-8CB 1MJ7 310-8CB 1MJ7 313-8CB 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.6 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.8 2.9 3.5 3.9 4.4 4.2 4.4 4.8 5.1 5.8 5 5 5 5 5 5.5 5.5 6 6.2 1.7 1.7 1.8 2 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.8 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.5 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 0.0025 0.0035 0.0053 0.007 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.21 0.37 0.58 0.66 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.3 3 41 41 45 45 49 53 53 63 63 63 60 58 58 58 57 58 58 62 62 53 53 57 57 61 65 65 75 75 75 73 71 71 71 71 72 72 76 76
The 1MJ6/1MJ7 motors can also be ordered for use with type of protection Ex d/de (Zone 1)/dust-Ex Zone 21, as well as for Zone 22 for conducting dust: Mains-fed operation order code M76 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M77 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options. Other versions up to 1350 kW as 8-pole motors as DN series with Order No. 1PS4 (Ex de IIB), 1PS5 (Ex de IIC) available; also higher outputs and other numbers of poles possible. Place request with: Loher GmbH (a Siemens company) Hans-Loher-Str. 32 94099 Ruhstorf/Rott http://www.loher.com
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1MJ6 183-... to 1MJ7 313-... (motor series 1MJ6 frame size 180 M and above to 1MJ7 frame size 315 M) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
3)
1MJ7 220-... to 1MJ7 313-... motors (motor series 1MJ7 frame sizes 225 S to 315 M) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4) 5)
2)
4/41
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
Prated kW 0.11 0.14 0.21 0.29 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 17.3 21.3 24.5 33.5 41.5 51
FS
nrated rpm 2830 2800 2820 2830 2740 2800 2855 2845 2860 2880 2890 2905 2925 2930 2940 2930 2940 2940 2945 2945 2960
Trated Nm 0.3 0.41 0.61 0.84 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.7 5 7.3 9.9 13 18 24 36 49 60 71 97 120 145
rated
% 63 65 64 65 66 71 73 77 79 82 84 86 86.5 88 89.5 90 91 91.7 92.3 92.8 93.6
rated
% 62 64 63 65 65 70 72 77 80 82 84 86 86.5 88 89.5 90.2 91.2 91.7 92.3 92.8 93.6
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
56 M 56 M 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 225 M 0.81 0.83 0.79 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.86 0.87 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.9 0.91 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.89 1LA7 050-2AA 1LA7 053-2AA 1LA7 060-2AA 1LA7 063-2AA 1LA7 070-2AA 1LA7 073-2AA 1LA7 080-2AA 1LA7 083-2AA 1LA7 090-2AA 1LA7 096-2AA 1LA7 106-2AA 1LA7 113-2AA 1LA7 130-2AA 1LA7 131-2AA 1LA7 163-2AA 1LA7 164-2AA 1LA7 166-2AA 1LA5 183-2AA 1LA5 206-2AA 1LA5 207-2AA 1LA5 223-2AA
1LA7
1LA5
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/42
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.00015 0.00015 0.00018 0.00022 0.00029 0.00041 0.00079 0.001 0.0014 0.0018 0.0035 0.0059 0.015 0.019 0.034 0.043 0.051 0.077 0.14 0.16 0.2
LWA dB(A) 52 52 60 60 63 63 67 67 74 74 74 75 80 80 82 82 82 83 84 84 84
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA7 050-2AA 1LA7 053-2AA 1LA7 060-2AA 1LA7 063-2AA 1LA7 070-2AA 1LA7 073-2AA 1LA7 080-2AA 1LA7 083-2AA 1LA7 090-2AA 1LA7 096-2AA 1LA7 106-2AA 1LA7 113-2AA 1LA7 130-2AA 1LA7 131-2AA 1LA7 163-2AA 1LA7 164-2AA 1LA7 166-2AA 1LA5 183-2AA 1LA5 206-2AA 1LA5 207-2AA 1LA5 223-2AA 2 2.1 2 2 2.3 2.5 2.3 2.6 2.4 2.8 2.8 2.6 2 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 4 3.5 4.3 5.6 6.1 5.5 6.3 6.8 7.2 5.9 6.9 6.5 6.6 7 6.9 7.2 7.7 7.7 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.6 2.4 2.7 2.7 3.1 3 2.9 2.8 3 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 2.8 2.8 3.4 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
1LA7 05 . - . . . 1LA7 06 . - . . . 1LA7 07 . - . . . 1LA7 08 . - . . . 1LA7 09 . - . . . 1LA7 10 . - . . . 1LA7 11 . - . . . 1LA7 13 . - . . . 1LA7 16 . - . . . 1LA5 18 . - . . . 1LA5 20 . - . . . 1LA5 22 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2)
1LA5 183-... to 1LA5 223-... motors (motor series 1LA5, frame size 180 M to 225 M) can be supplied with two additional eyebolts; specify supplement Z and order code K32 . The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
3) 4)
4/43
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
Prated kW 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.21 0.29 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 17.3 21.3 25.3 34.5 42.5 52
FS
nrated rpm 1350 1350 1350 1350 1350 1370 1395 1395 1415 1420 1420 1420 1440 1455 1455 1460 1460 1460 1460 1465 1470 1470
Trated Nm 0.42 0.64 0.85 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.8 5.1 7.4 10 15 20 27 36 49 72 98 121 144 196 240 292
rated
% 56 58 55 59 60 65 67 72 77 79 82 83 85 86 87 88.5 90 90.5 91.2 91.8 92.9 93.4
rated
% 55 57 54 60 60 65 67 72 77 79 82.5 83.5 85.5 86 87.5 89 90.2 90.5 91.2 91.8 92.9 93.4
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
56 M 56 M 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 0.77 0.77 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.78 0.81 0.8 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.84 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.87 1LA7 050-4AB 1LA7 053-4AB 1LA7 060-4AB 1LA7 063-4AB 1LA7 070-4AB 1LA7 073-4AB 1LA7 080-4AA 1LA7 083-4AA 1LA7 090-4AA 1LA7 096-4AA 1LA7 106-4AA 1LA7 107-4AA 1LA7 113-4AA 1LA7 130-4AA 1LA7 133-4AA 1LA7 163-4AA 1LA7 166-4AA 1LA5 183-4AA 1LA5 186-4AA 1LA5 207-4AA 1LA5 220-4AA 1LA5 223-4AA
1LA7
1LA5
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/44
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.00027 0.00027 0.00029 0.00037 0.00052 0.00077 0.0014 0.0017 0.0024 0.0033 0.0047 0.0055 0.012 0.018 0.023 0.043 0.055 0.13 0.15 0.24 0.32 0.36
LWA dB(A) 53 53 53 53 55 55 58 58 62 62 68 68 65 74 74 78 78 76 76 78 78 78
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA7 050-4AB 1LA7 053-4AB 1LA7 060-4AB 1LA7 063-4AB 1LA7 070-4AB 1LA7 073-4AB 1LA7 080-4AA 1LA7 083-4AA 1LA7 090-4AA 1LA7 096-4AA 1LA7 106-4AA 1LA7 107-4AA 1LA7 113-4AA 1LA7 130-4AA 1LA7 133-4AA 1LA7 163-4AA 1LA7 166-4AA 1LA5 183-4AA 1LA5 186-4AA 1LA5 207-4AA 1LA5 220-4AA 1LA5 223-4AA 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.5 2.7 2.2 2.6 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.6 2.8 3 3 3.3 3.9 4.2 4.6 5.3 5.6 5.6 6 6.3 6.7 6.2 6.5 7.5 7.5 7 7 7.7 1.9 1.9 2 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3 3.1 3.2 2.7 3 3 3 3.2 3.2 3.3 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
1LA7 05 . - . . . 1LA7 06 . - . . . 1LA7 07 . - . . . 1LA7 08 . - . . . 1LA7 09 . - . . . 1LA7 10 . - . . . 1LA7 11 . - . . . 1LA7 13 . - . . . 1LA7 16 . - . . . 1LA5 18 . - . . . 1LA5 20 . - . . . 1LA5 22 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2)
1LA5 183-... to 1LA5 223-... motors (motor series 1LA5, frame size 180 M to 225 M) can be supplied with two additional eyebolts; specify supplement Z and order code K32. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
3) 4)
4/45
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 0.09 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30
Prated kW 0.1 0.21 0.29 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 18 22 26.5 36
FS
nrated rpm 850 850 830 920 910 915 915 925 940 950 950 950 960 960 970 975 975 978
Trated Nm 1 2 2.8 3.8 5.8 7.8 11 15 22 30 40 55 75 109 148 181 215 293
rated
% 45 53 60 62 67 69 72 74 78 79 80.5 83 86 87.5 89.5 90.2 90.8 91.8
rated
% 41.5 54.5 58.5 60.5 66.5 69 72 74 78.5 79.5 80.5 83 86 87.5 89.5 90.2 90.8 91.8
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 200 L 225 M 0.66 0.68 0.76 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.77 0.75 0.78 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.74 0.74 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 1LA7 063-6AB 1LA7 070-6AA 1LA7 073-6AA 1LA7 080-6AA 1LA7 083-6AA 1LA7 090-6AA 1LA7 096-6AA 1LA7 106-6AA 1LA7 113-6AA 1LA7 130-6AA 1LA7 133-6AA 1LA7 134-6AA 1LA7 163-6AA 1LA7 166-6AA 1LA5 186-6AA 1LA5 206-6AA 1LA5 207-6AA 1LA5 223-6AA
1LA7
1LA5
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/46
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.00037 0.00055 0.0008 0.0014 0.0017 0.0024 0.0033 0.0047 0.0091 0.015 0.019 0.025 0.044 0.063 0.15 0.24 0.28 0.36
LWA dB(A) 50 50 50 51 51 55 55 59 64 75 75 75 78 78 78 78 78 78
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA7 063-6AB 1LA7 070-6AA 1LA7 073-6AA 1LA7 080-6AA 1LA7 083-6AA 1LA7 090-6AA 1LA7 096-6AA 1LA7 106-6AA 1LA7 113-6AA 1LA7 130-6AA 1LA7 133-6AA 1LA7 134-6AA 1LA7 163-6AA 1LA7 166-6AA 1LA5 186-6AA 1LA5 206-6AA 1LA5 207-6AA 1LA5 223-6AA 1.8 2.1 2.2 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.2 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.1 2.3 2 2.7 2.8 2.8 2 2.3 2.7 3.1 3.4 3.7 3.8 4 4.6 4.2 4.5 5 4.6 4.8 5.2 5.5 5.5 5.7 1.9 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.4 2.8 2.9 2.9 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
1LA7 06 . - . . . 1LA7 07 . - . . . 1LA7 08 . - . . . 1LA7 09 . - . . . 1LA7 10 . - . . . 1LA7 11 . - . . . 1LA7 13 . - . . . 1LA7 16 . - . . . 1LA5 18 . - . . . 1LA5 20 . - . . . 1LA5 22 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2)
1LA5 183-... to 1LA5 223-... motors (motor series 1LA5, frame size 180 M to 225 M) can be supplied with two additional eyebolts; specify supplement Z and order code K32. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
3) 4)
4/47
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
Prated kW 0.1 0.14 0.21 0.29 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 13.2 18 22 26.5
FS
nrated rpm 630 645 675 685 675 675 680 680 705 700 700 715 710 715 725 725 725 725
Trated Nm 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.5 5.2 7.8 11 15 20 30 41 53 74 100 145 198 244 290
rated
% 53 53 51 55 63 66 66 72 74 75 77 80 83.5 85.5 87 87.5 89.2 90.6
rated
% 54.5 49.5 49.5 50.5 62 65 65 72 74 75 77.5 80 83.5 85.5 87 87.5 89.2 90.6
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 0.68 0.64 0.68 0.64 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.74 0.74 0.72 0.73 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.79 1LA7 070-8AB 1LA7 073-8AB 1LA7 080-8AB 1LA7 083-8AB 1LA7 090-8AB 1LA7 096-8AB 1LA7 106-8AB 1LA7 107-8AB 1LA7 113-8AB 1LA7 130-8AB 1LA7 133-8AB 1LA7 163-8AB 1LA7 164-8AB 1LA7 166-8AB 1LA5 186-8AB 1LA5 207-8AB 1LA5 220-8AB 1LA5 223-8AB
1LA7
1LA5
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/48
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.0008 0.0008 0.0014 0.0017 0.0023 0.0031 0.0051 0.0063 0.013 0.014 0.019 0.036 0.046 0.064 0.21 0.37 0.37 0.45
LWA dB(A) 47 47 52 52 53 53 57 57 61 65 65 75 75 75 73 71 71 71
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA7 070-8AB 1LA7 073-8AB 1LA7 080-8AB 1LA7 083-8AB 1LA7 090-8AB 1LA7 096-8AB 1LA7 106-8AB 1LA7 107-8AB 1LA7 113-8AB 1LA7 130-8AB 1LA7 133-8AB 1LA7 163-8AB 1LA7 164-8AB 1LA7 166-8AB 1LA5 186-8AB 1LA5 207-8AB 1LA5 220-8AB 1LA5 223-8AB 1.9 2.2 1.7 2 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.7 2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3 3 3.3 3.7 3.9 4.1 4.5 4.7 5.3 5 5 4.5 4.8 1.7 2 1.9 2.2 1.8 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.7 3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2)
1LA5 183-... to 1LA5 223-... motors (motor series 1LA5, frame size 180 M to 225 M) can be supplied with two additional eyebolts; specify supplement Z and order code K32. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
3) 4)
4/49
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 56 M 56 M 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 2830 2830 2840 2840 2840 2835 2870 2860 2890 2890 2890 2905 2930 2930 2945 2945 2940 2945 2950 2950 0.3 0.4 0.61 0.84 1.2 1.9 2.5 3.7 5 7.3 9.9 13 18 24 36 49 60 71 97 120 70 70 70 72 74 75 80 84 85 86.5 87 88.5 89.5 90.5 91 91.5 92.3 93 93.5 94 68 70 70 70 74 75 80 84 85 86.5 87 88.5 89.5 90.5 91 91.5 92.5 93.2 93.5 94.1 0.76 0.81 0.78 0.8 0.77 0.75 0.82 0.89 0.87 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.9 0.92 0.9 0.9 0.92 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.24 0.31 0.48 0.63 0.94 1.42 1.66 2.1 2.95 4.2 5.7 7.3 9.9 13 19.4 26.5 31.5 38.5 1) 52 64 1) 1LA9 050-2KA 1LA9 053-2KA 1LA9 060-2KA 1LA9 063-2KA 1LA9 070-2KA 1LA9 073-2KA 1LA9 080-2KA 1LA9 083-2KA 1LA9 090-2KA 1LA9 096-2KA 1LA9 106-2KA 1LA9 113-2KA 1LA9 130-2KA 1LA9 131-2KA 1LA9 163-2KA 1LA9 164-2KA 1LA9 166-2KA 1LA9 183-2WA 1LA9 206-2WA 1LA9 207-2WA 3 3.8 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.8 12.3 15 18.6 24 35 43 56 73 82 102 131 185 214
1LA9
With additional charge Not possible The motors can also be used for 60 Hz according to EPACT, see Pages 4/56 to 4/61.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/50
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LA9 050-2KA 1LA9 053-2KA 1LA9 060-2KA 1LA9 063-2KA 1LA9 070-2KA 1LA9 073-2KA 1LA9 080-2KA 1LA9 083-2KA 1LA9 090-2KA 1LA9 096-2KA 1LA9 106-2KA 1LA9 113-2KA 1LA9 130-2KA 1LA9 131-2KA 1LA9 163-2KA 1LA9 164-2KA 1LA9 166-2KA 1LA9 183-2WA 1LA9 206-2WA 1LA9 207-2WA 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.5 3.3 3.6 4.4 3.8 4.1 4.1 3.4 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.7 4.5 4.3 4.8 4.9 6.5 6.3 8.3 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7.2 7 7 3 2.8 3.1 2.5 3.1 2.9 3.2 3.2 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.2 3.3 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.00015 0.0002 0.00022 0.00026 0.00041 0.0005 0.001 0.0013 0.0018 0.0022 0.0044 0.0077 0.019 0.024 0.044 0.051 0.065 0.09 0.16 0.2 41 41 49 49 52 52 56 56 60 60 62 63 68 68 70 70 70 70 71 71 52 52 60 60 63 63 67 67 72 72 74 75 80 80 82 82 82 83 84 84
1 1LA9 05 . - . . . 1LA9 06 . - . . . 1LA9 07 . - . . . 1LA9 08 . - . . . 1LA9 09 . - . . . 1LA9 10 . - . . . 1LA9 11 . - . . . 1LA9 13 . - . . . 1LA9 16 . - . . . 1LA9 18 . - . . . 1LA9 20 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2) 3)
The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4/51
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
rated
%
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 56 M 56 M 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L 1380 1390 1395 1395 1410 1385 1410 1400 1440 1440 1435 1435 1440 1455 1455 1460 1460 1465 1465 1465 0.42 0.62 0.82 1.3 1.7 2.6 3.7 5.1 7.3 9.9 15 20 27 36 49 72 98 121 143 196 61 62 66 65 70 71 77 81 84 85 86.5 87.5 88.5 89.5 90.3 91.5 92 92.5 93 93.5 61 62 66 65 70 71 77 81 84 85 86.5 87.7 89 89.5 90.5 92 92.3 93 93.4 94 0.66 0.68 0.65 0.68 0.64 0.73 0.78 0.75 0.77 0.77 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.84 0.87 0.22 0.31 0.41 0.59 0.81 1.04 1.32 1.78 2.45 3.3 4.5 6.1 8.1 10.6 14.2 20.5 27.5 34.5 1) 40.5 1) 53 1LA9 050-4KA 1LA9 053-4KA 1LA9 060-4KA 1LA9 063-4KA 1LA9 070-4KA 1LA9 073-4KA 1LA9 080-4KA 1LA9 083-4KA 1LA9 090-4KA 1LA9 096-4KA 1LA9 106-4KA 1LA9 107-4KA 1LA9 113-4KA 1LA9 130-4KA 1LA9 133-4KA 1LA9 163-4KA 1LA9 166-4KA 1LA9 183-4WA 1LA9 186-4WA 1LA9 207-4WA 3 3.8 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.8 12.3 15 18 25 30 37 45 60 81 107 126 146 199
1LA9
With additional charge Not possible The motors can also be used for 60 Hz according to EPACT, see Pages 4/56 to 4/61.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/52
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LA9 050-4KA 1LA9 053-4KA 1LA9 060-4KA 1LA9 063-4KA 1LA9 070-4KA 1LA9 073-4KA 1LA9 080-4KA 1LA9 083-4KA 1LA9 090-4KA 1LA9 096-4KA 1LA9 106-4KA 1LA9 107-4KA 1LA9 113-4KA 1LA9 130-4KA 1LA9 133-4KA 1LA9 163-4KA 1LA9 166-4KA 1LA9 183-4WA 1LA9 186-4WA 1LA9 207-4WA 2.7 2.8 2.7 3 3.6 3.3 3.4 4 3.1 3.6 3.4 3.8 3.2 3.2 3.4 2.6 2.8 2.8 3.1 3 3.1 3.2 3.5 3.6 4.3 4.2 5.6 5.8 6.4 6.7 7 7 6.9 7 7 6.9 7 7 7.3 7 2.8 2.8 2.6 2.5 3.1 3 2.9 3.5 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.9 3.2 3.6 3.6 3.2 3.3 3.2 3.4 3.2 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.00027 0.00035 0.00037 0.00045 0.00076 0.00095 0.0017 0.0024 0.0033 0.004 0.0062 0.0077 0.014 0.023 0.029 0.055 0.072 0.15 0.19 0.32 42 42 42 42 44 44 47 47 48 48 53 53 53 62 62 66 66 63 63 65 53 53 53 53 55 55 58 58 60 60 65 65 65 74 74 78 78 76 76 78
1 1LA9 05 . - . . . 1LA9 06 . - . . . 1LA9 07 . - . . . 1LA9 08 . - . . . 1LA9 09 . - . . . 1LA9 10 . - . . . 1LA9 11 . - . . . 1LA9 13 . - . . . 1LA9 16 . - . . . 1LA9 18 . - . . . 1LA9 20 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2) 3)
The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4/53
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
rated
%
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 200 L 925 940 935 955 950 960 965 960 970 975 975 7.7 11 15 22 40 55 74 109 148 181 215 75.5 82 85 84 84 86 88 88.5 91 91 91.5 75.5 82 85 84 84 86 88 88.5 91 91 91.5 0.72 0.7 0.73 0.7 0.81 0.77 0.72 0.78 0.75 0.77 0.77 2 2.75 3.6 5.4 8.5 12 17 23 31.5 38 45 1LA9 090-6KA 1LA9 096-6KA 1LA9 106-6KA 1LA9 113-6KA 1LA9 133-6KA 1LA9 134-6KA 1LA9 163-6KA 1LA9 166-6KA 1LA9 186-6WA 1LA9 206-6WA 1LA9 207-6WA 15.7 19 25 37 49 64 98 105 144 186 217
1LA9
With additional charge Not possible The motors can also be used for 60 Hz according to EPACT, see Pages 4/56 to 4/61.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/54
Siemens AG 2008
TLR/Trated
ILR/Irated
TB/Trated
LWA dB(A)
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LA9 090-6KA 1LA9 096-6KA 1LA9 106-6KA 1LA9 113-6KA 1LA9 133-6KA 1LA9 134-6KA 1LA9 163-6KA 1LA9 166-6KA 1LA9 186-6WA 1LA9 206-6WA 1LA9 207-6WA 3. 3.7 3.5 2.9 3 3.7 2.4 3.1 2.2 2.8 2.8 4.4 5.7 6.2 6.2 6.3 7.3 5.5 6.9 6.5 6.2 6.2 2.5 3.2 3.4 3 2.7 3.6 2.5 3.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.0033 0.005 0.0065 0.014 0.025 0.03 0.063 0.072 0.19 0.28 0.36 43 43 47 52 63 63 66 66 66 66 66 55 55 59 64 75 75 78 78 78 78 78
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2) 3)
The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4/55
Siemens AG 2008
Prated HP
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
0.12 0.16 0.25 0.33 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 56 M 56 M 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 3440 3440 3440 3460 3445 3445 3485 3480 3510 3510 3510 3540 3540 3540 3555 3555 3550 3545 3555 3555 0.25 0.33 0.53 0.69 1 1.6 2 3.1 4.1 6.1 8.1 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 70 71 71 72 72 73 75.5 82.5 84 85.5 86.5 87.5 88.5 89.5 90.2 90.2 91 91 91.7 92.4 0.74 0.76 0.79 0.76 0.75 0.73 0.82 0.88 0.86 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.9 0.9 0.92 0.86 0.88 0.88 0.23 0.28 0.4 0.56 0.86 1.3 1.52 1.9 2.6 3.8 5 6 8.7 11.4 17 23.2 27.7 36 46.5 57 1LA9 050-2KA 1LA9 053-2KA 1LA9 060-2KA 1LA9 063-2KA 1LA9 070-2KA 1LA9 073-2KA 1LA9 080-2KA 1LA9 083-2KA 1LA9 090-2KA 1LA9 096-2KA 1LA9 106-2KA 1LA9 113-2KA 1LA9 130-2KA 1LA9 131-2KA 1LA9 163-2KA 1LA9 164-2KA 1LA9 166-2KA 1LA9 183-2WA 1LA9 206-2WA 1LA9 207-2WA 3 3.8 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.8 12.3 15 18.6 24 35 43 56 73 82 102 131 185 214
1LA9
With additional charge Not possible The motors can also be used for 50 Hz High Efficiency, see Pages 4/50 to 4/55.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/56
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
2-pole, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1LA9 050-2KA 1LA9 053-2KA 1LA9 060-2KA 1LA9 063-2KA 1LA9 070-2KA 1LA9 073-2KA 1LA9 080-2KA 1LA9 083-2KA 1LA9 090-2KA 1LA9 096-2KA 1LA9 106-2KA 1LA9 113-2KA 1LA9 130-2KA 1LA9 131-2KA 1LA9 163-2KA 1LA9 164-2KA 1LA9 166-2KA 1LA9 183-2WA 1LA9 206-2WA 1LA9 207-2WA 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.5 3.3 3.6 4.4 3.8 4.1 4.1 3.4 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.7 5.5 5.4 4.9 5 7.5 7.2 9.6 8.6 8.6 8.5 8.6 9.2 8.5 8.3 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.6 8.4 8.4 3.8 3.4 3.3 2.7 3.4 3.7 4.4 3.2 4.1 5.1 3.7 4 3.8 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.7 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.00015 0.0002 0.00022 0.00026 0.00041 0.0005 0.001 0.0013 0.0018 0.0022 0.0044 0.0077 0.019 0.024 0.044 0.051 0.065 0.09 0.16 0.2 45 45 53 53 56 56 60 60 64 64 66 67 72 72 74 74 74 74 75 75 56 56 64 64 67 67 71 71 76 76 78 79 84 84 86 86 86 87 88 88
IM B35
1LA9 05 . - . . . 1LA9 06 . - . . . 1LA9 07 . - . . . 1LA9 08 . - . . . 1LA9 09 . - . . . 1LA9 10 . - . . . 1LA9 11 . - . . . 1LA9 13 . - . . . 1LA9 16 . - . . . 1LA9 18 . - . . . 1LA9 20 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2) 3)
The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4/57
Siemens AG 2008
Prated HP
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
4-pole, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
0.08 0.12 0.16 0.25 0.33 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 56 M 56 M 63 M 63 M 71 M 71 M 80 M 80 M 90 S 90 L 100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L 1715 1725 1710 1705 1730 1725 1725 1720 1755 1775 1750 1750 1755 1760 1760 1765 1765 1770 1770 1770 0.33 0.5 0.66 1.1 1.4 2.1 3.1 4.1 6.1 14 12 16 20 30 40 61 81 101 121 161 No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 63 64 68 66 69 70 75.5 82.5 84 84 87.5 87.5 87.5 89.5 89.5 91 91 92.4 92.4 93 0.65 0.6 0.6 0.63 0.6 0.68 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.83 0.83 0.86 0.18 0.29 0.37 0.54 0.76 0.98 1.24 1.59 2.15 2.95 4 5.5 6.7 9.5 12.8 17.9 24.5 30.5 36 47 1LA9 050-4KA 1LA9 053-4KA 1LA9 060-4KA 1LA9 063-4KA 1LA9 070-4KA 1LA9 073-4KA 1LA9 080-4KA 1LA9 083-4KA 1LA9 090-4KA 1LA9 096-4KA 1LA9 106-4KA 1LA9 107-4KA 1LA9 113-4KA 1LA9 130-4KA 1LA9 133-4KA 1LA9 163-4KA 1LA9 166-4KA 1LA9 183-4WA 1LA9 186-4WA 1LA9 207-4WA 3 3.8 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.8 12.3 15 18 25 30 37 45 60 81 107 126 146 199
1LA9
With additional charge Not possible The motors can also be used for 50 Hz High Efficiency, see Pages 4/50 to 4/55.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/58
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
4-pole, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1LA9 050-4KA 1LA9 053-4KA 1LA9 060-4KA 1LA9 063-4KA 1LA9 070-4KA 1LA9 073-4KA 1LA9 080-4KA 1LA9 083-4KA 1LA9 090-4KA 1LA9 096-4KA 1LA9 106-4KA 1LA9 107-4KA 1LA9 113-4KA 1LA9 130-4KA 1LA9 133-4KA 1LA9 163-4KA 1LA9 166-4KA 1LA9 183-4WA 1LA9 186-4WA 1LA9 207-4WA 2.7 2.8 2.7 3 3.6 3.3 3.4 4 3.1 3.6 3.4 3.8 3.2 3.2 3.4 2.6 2.8 2.8 3.1 3 3.4 3.5 3.9 3.6 4.9 4.9 6.8 7.3 7.7 8.1 8.4 8.7 8.6 8.7 8.7 8.1 8.5 8.4 8.8 8.3 3 3 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.4 3.6 3.9 3.9 4.2 4.3 4.6 3.9 4.1 4.1 3.2 3.5 3.6 3.9 3.6 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.00027 0.00035 0.00037 0.00045 0.00076 0.00095 0.0017 0.0024 0.0033 0.004 0.0062 0.0077 0.014 0.023 0.029 0.055 0.072 0.15 0.19 0.32 46 46 46 46 48 48 51 51 52 52 57 57 57 66 66 70 70 67 67 69 57 57 57 57 59 59 62 62 64 64 69 69 69 78 78 82 82 80 80 82
IM B35
1LA9 05 . - . . . 1LA9 06 . - . . . 1LA9 07 . - . . . 1LA9 08 . - . . . 1LA9 09 . - . . . 1LA9 10 . - . . . 1LA9 11 . - . . . 1LA9 13 . - . . . 1LA9 16 . - . . . 1LA9 18 . - . . . 1LA9 20 . - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2) 3)
The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4/59
Siemens AG 2008
Prated HP
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
6-pole, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1 1.5 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 90 S 90 L 100 L 112 M 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 200 L 1140 1150 1150 1160 1160 1160 1165 1165 1175 1175 1175 6.2 9.3 12 18 31 46 61 92 121 152 182 Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 80 85.5 86.5 87.5 87.5 89.5 89.5 90.2 90.2 91.7 91.7 0.66 0.64 0.7 0.66 0.77 0.73 0.7 0.77 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.78 2.55 3.1 4.8 6.9 10.6 15 19 28 34 40 1LA9 090-6KA 1LA9 096-6KA 1LA9 106-6KA 1LA9 113-6KA 1LA9 133-6KA 1LA9 134-6KA 1LA9 163-6KA 1LA9 166-6KA 1LA9 186-6WA 1LA9 206-6WA 1LA9 207-6WA 15.7 19 25 37 49 64 98 105 144 186 217
1LA9
With additional charge Not possible The motors can also be used for 50 Hz High Efficiency, see Pages 4/50 to 4/55.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/60
Siemens AG 2008
TLR/Trated
ILR/Irated
TB/Trated
LWA dB(A)
6-pole, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1LA9 090-6KA 1LA9 096-6KA 1LA9 106-6KA 1LA9 113-6KA 1LA9 133-6KA 1LA9 134-6KA 1LA9 163-6KA 1LA9 166-6KA 1LA9 186-6WA 1LA9 206-6WA 1LA9 207-6WA 3 3.7 3.5 2.9 3 3.7 2.4 3.1 2.8 2.8 2.8 5.6 6.4 7.2 7.5 7.9 8.4 6.4 8.3 7.1 7.1 7.2 3 3.7 3.8 3.7 3.6 4.3 2.8 3.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.0033 0.005 0.0065 0.014 0.025 0.03 0.063 0.072 0.19 0.28 0.36 47 47 51 56 67 67 70 70 70 70 70 59 59 63 68 79 79 82 82 82 82 82
4
IM B35
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow.
2) 3)
The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G.
4/61
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 17.3 21.3 24.5 33.5 41.5 51 62 84 101 123 148 180 224
FS
nrated rpm 2890 2905 2925 2930 2940 2940 2940 2945 2950 2955 2960 2970 2975 2975 2982 2982 2982 2982
Trated Nm 9.9 13 18 24 36 49 60 71 97 120 145 177 241 289 352 423 512 641
rated
% 84 86 86.5 88 89.5 90 91 91.6 91.8 92.9 93.6 93.6 94.5 95.1 94.6 95.1 95.5 95.9
rated
% 84 86 86.5 88 89.5 90.2 91.2 91.6 91.9 93.2 93.9 93.8 94.3 95.2 93.8 94.8 95.3 95.8
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
100 L 112 M 132 S 132 S 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.9 0.91 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.89 0.88 0.9 0.91 0.92 1LA6 106-2AA 1LA6 113-2AA 1LA6 130-2AA 1LA6 131-2AA 1LA6 163-2AA 1LA6 164-2AA 1LA6 166-2AA 1LG4 183-2AA 1LG4 206-2AA 1LG4 207-2AA 1LG4 223-2AA 1LG4 253-2AB 1LG4 280-2AB 1LG4 283-2AB 1LG4 310-2AB 1LG4 313-2AB 1LG4 316-2AB 1LG4 317-2AB
1LA6
1LG4
Frame size 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). For connection to 400 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box).
3)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/62
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.0035 0.0059 0.015 0.019 0.034 0.043 0.051 0.068 0.13 0.15 0.22 0.4 0.72 0.83 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.1
LWA dB(A) 74 75 80 80 82 82 82 80 87 86 86 88 87 87 95 94 92 92
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA6 106-2AA 1LA6 113-2AA 1LA6 130-2AA 1LA6 131-2AA 1LA6 163-2AA 1LA6 164-2AA 1LA6 166-2AA 1LG4 183-2AA 1LG4 206-2AA 1LG4 207-2AA 1LG4 223-2AA 1LG4 253-2AB 1LG4 280-2AB 1LG4 283-2AB 1LG4 310-2AB 1LG4 313-2AB 1LG4 316-2AB 1LG4 317-2AB 2.8 2.6 2 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.3 2.5 2.4 2.1 2.5 2.6 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 6.8 7.2 5.9 6.9 6.5 6.6 7 6.4 6.5 7.2 6.7 6.7 7.5 7.2 7.2 6.9 7 6.7 3 2.9 2.8 3 2.9 3 3.1 3.4 3 3.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3 3 2.9 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
4 7)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG4 183-... to 1LG4 318-... (motor series 1LG4 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
3)
1LG4 220-... to 1LG4 318-... motors (motor series 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E. 2-pole motors in 60 Hz version available on request.
4) 5) 6) 7)
2)
4/63
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 17.3 21.3 25.3 34.5 42.5 52 63 86 104 127 152 184 230
FS
nrated rpm 1420 1420 1440 1455 1455 1460 1460 1465 1465 1465 1475 1475 1480 1485 1485 1488 1488 1486 1486
Trated Nm 15 20 27 36 49 72 98 121 143 196 240 291 355 482 579 706 847 1028 1285
rated
% 82 83 85 86 87 88.5 90 90.4 91 91.6 92.2 93.1 93.5 94.2 94.6 94.6 95.2 95.7 95.9
rated
% 82.5 83.5 85.5 86 87.5 89 90.2 90.8 91.5 92 92.6 93.6 93.8 94.1 94.6 94.6 95.2 95.8 96.2
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.88 1LA6 106-4AA 1LA6 107-4AA 1LA6 113-4AA 1LA6 130-4AA 1LA6 133-4AA 1LA6 163-4AA 1LA6 166-4AA 1LG4 183-4AA 1LG4 186-4AA 1LG4 207-4AA 1LG4 220-4AA 1LG4 223-4AA 1LG4 253-4AA 1LG4 280-4AA 1LG4 283-4AA 1LG4 310-4AA 1LG4 313-4AA 1LG4 316-4AA 1LG4 317-4AA
1LA6
1LG4
Frame size 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). For connection to 400 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box).
3)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/64
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.0047 0.0055 0.012 0.018 0.023 0.043 0.055 0.099 0.12 0.19 0.37 0.45 0.69 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.3 2.9 3.5
LWA dB(A) 65 65 65 74 74 78 78 78 78 79 79 79 78 83 82 83 83 83 86
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA6 106-4AA 1LA6 107-4AA 1LA6 113-4AA 1LA6 130-4AA 1LA6 133-4AA 1LA6 163-4AA 1LA6 166-4AA 1LG4 183-4AA 1LG4 186-4AA 1LG4 207-4AA 1LG4 220-4AA 1LG4 223-4AA 1LG4 253-4AA 1LG4 280-4AA 1LG4 283-4AA 1LG4 310-4AA 1LG4 313-4AA 1LG4 316-4AA 1LG4 317-4AA 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.5 2.7 2.2 2.6 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.6 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.6 5.6 5.6 6 6.3 6.7 6.2 6.5 6.7 6.9 6.7 6.7 7.2 6.1 7.1 7.4 6.4 6.8 6.8 6.5 2.8 3 3 3.1 3.2 2.7 3 3.1 3.2 3.4 3.1 3.2 2.8 3 3 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG4 183-... to 1LG4 318-... (motor series 1LG4 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
3)
1LG4 220-... to 1LG4 318-... motors (motor series 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
4) 5) 6)
2)
4/65
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 12.6 18 22 26.5 36 44.5 54 66 90 108 132 158 192
FS
nrated rpm 925 940 950 950 950 960 960 965 975 975 978 980 985 985 988 988 988 988 988
Trated Nm 15 22 30 40 55 75 109 148 181 215 293 361 436 533 725 870 1063 1276 1547
rated
% 74 78 79 80.5 83 86 87.5 88.9 89.8 90.3 91.8 92.3 92.4 92.7 93.5 93.9 94.3 94.8 95
rated
% 74 78.5 79.5 80.5 83 86 87.5 90.3 90.2 91 92.8 93 93.1 93.3 93.7 94.2 94.6 95 95.1
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 132 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 0.75 0.78 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.74 0.74 0.83 0.81 0.81 0.83 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.84 0.86 0.86 0.86 1LA6 106-6AA 1LA6 113-6AA 1LA6 130-6AA 1LA6 133-6AA 1LA6 134-6AA 1LA6 163-6AA 1LA6 166-6AA 1LG4 186-6AA 1LG4 206-6AA 1LG4 207-6AA 1LG4 223-6AA 1LG4 253-6AA 1LG4 280-6AA 1LG4 283-6AA 1LG4 310-6AA 1LG4 313-6AA 1LG4 316-6AA 1LG4 317-6AA 1LG4 318-6AA
1LA6
1LG4
Frame size 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). For connection to 400 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box).
3)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/66
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.0047 0.0091 0.015 0.019 0.025 0.044 0.063 0.18 0.24 0.29 0.49 0.76 1.1 1.4 2.1 2.5 3.2 4 4.7
LWA dB(A) 59 64 75 75 75 78 78 73 73 73 73 75 75 75 77 77 78 78 79
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA6 106-6AA 1LA6 113-6AA 1LA6 130-6AA 1LA6 133-6AA 1LA6 134-6AA 1LA6 163-6AA 1LA6 166-6AA 1LG4 186-6AA 1LG4 206-6AA 1LG4 207-6AA 1LG4 223-6AA 1LG4 253-6AA 1LG4 280-6AA 1LG4 283-6AA 1LG4 310-6AA 1LG4 313-6AA 1LG4 316-6AA 1LG4 317-6AA 1LG4 318-6AA 2.3 2.2 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.7 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.5 3.1 3 4 4.6 4.2 4.5 5 4.6 4.8 5.3 5.6 5.7 5.6 6 6.1 6.3 6.5 6.8 6.8 7.3 7.5 2.3 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.8 2.9 2.9 3 3 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
1LA6 10 . - . . . 1LA6 11 . - . . . 1LA6 13 . - . . . 1LA6 16 . - . . . 1LG4 18 . - . . . 1LG4 20 . - . . . 1LG4 22 . - . . . 1LG4 25 . - . . . 1LG4 28 . - . . . 1LG4 310 - . . . 1LG4 313 - . . . 1LG4 316 - . . . 1LG4 317 - . . . 1LG4 318 - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
3)
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG4 183-... to 1LG4 318-... (motor series 1LG4 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
1LG4 220-... to 1LG4 318-... motors (motor series 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
4) 5) 6)
2)
4/67
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
Prated kW 0.86 1.3 1.75 2.55 3.45 4.6 6.3 8.6 13.2 18 22 26.5 36 44.5 54 66 90 108 132 158
FS
nrated rpm 680 680 705 700 700 715 710 715 725 725 730 730 730 735 735 740 738 738 738 738
Trated Nm 11 15 20 30 41 53 74 100 145 198 242 288 392 481 585 710 971 1165 1423 1708
rated
% 66 72 74 75 77 80 83.5 85.5 87.5 87.7 89.4 89.7 91.4 92 92.4 93 93.3 93.4 94 94.2
rated
% 65 72 74 75 77.5 80 83.5 85.5 88.3 88.4 90.4 90.7 92.2 92.8 93.3 93.4 94 94 94.4 94.6
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
100 L 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 160 M 160 M 160 L 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.74 0.74 0.72 0.73 0.72 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 1LA6 106-8AB 1LA6 107-8AB 1LA6 113-8AB 1LA6 130-8AB 1LA6 133-8AB 1LA6 163-8AB 1LA6 164-8AB 1LA6 166-8AB 1LG4 186-8AB 1LG4 207-8AB 1LG4 220-8AB 1LG4 223-8AB 1LG4 253-8AB 1LG4 280-8AB 1LG4 283-8AB 1LG4 310-8AB 1LG4 313-8AB 1LG4 316-8AB 1LG4 317-8AB 1LG4 318-8AB
1LA6
1LG4
Frame size 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/68
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm 0.0051 0.0063 0.013 0.014 0.019 0.036 0.046 0.064 0.17 0.29 0.48 0.55 0.84 1.1 1.4 2.1 2.5 3.1 3.9 4.5
LWA dB(A) 57 57 61 65 65 75 75 75 78 70 70 73 73 74 74 78 78 78 78 78
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection
1LA6 106-8AB 1LA6 107-8AB 1LA6 113-8AB 1LA6 130-8AB 1LA6 133-8AB 1LA6 163-8AB 1LA6 164-8AB 1LA6 166-8AB 1LG4 186-8AB 1LG4 207-8AB 1LG4 220-8AB 1LG4 223-8AB 1LG4 253-8AB 1LG4 280-8AB 1LG4 283-8AB 1LG4 310-8AB 1LG4 313-8AB 1LG4 316-8AB 1LG4 317-8AB 1LG4 318-8AB 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.7 1.7 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.5 3 3.3 3.7 3.9 4.1 4.5 4.7 5.3 4.2 4.9 5.5 5.6 5.5 5 5.1 5.8 5.7 5.8 6.1 6.5 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.7 3 2.1 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.6 2.1 2.1 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
1LA6 10 . - . . . 1LA6 11 . - . . . 1LA6 13 . - . . . 1LA6 16 . - . . . 1LG4 18 . - . . . 1LG4 20 . - . . . 1LG4 22 . - . . . 1LG4 25 . - . . . 1LG4 28 . - . . . 1LG4 310 - . . . 1LG4 313 - . . . 1LG4 316 - . . . 1LG4 317 - . . . 1LG4 318 - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
3)
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG4 183-... to 1LG4 318-... (motor series 1LG4 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
1LG4 220-... to 1LG4 318-... motors (motor series 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
4) 5) 6)
2)
4/69
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
FS
rated
%
rated
%
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 180 M 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 2955 2960 2960 2965 2975 2975 2978 2982 2982 2982 2982 71 97 119 145 177 241 289 352 423 512 641 94.1 93.5 94.1 94.9 95.3 95.2 95.6 95.8 96 96.4 96.5 94.5 93.4 94 95.1 95.3 95.2 95.7 95.7 95.9 96.4 96.5 0.88 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.9 0.89 0.9 0.91 0.91 0.92 0.93 38.5 1) 53 1) 64 1) 77 1) 93 128 1) 150 1) 182 1) 220 1) 260 2) 320 2) 1LG6 183-2AA 1LG6 206-2AA 1LG6 207-2AA 1LG6 223-2AA 1LG6 253-2AA 1LG6 280-2AB 1LG6 283-2AB 1LG6 310-2AB 1LG6 313-2AB 1LG6 316-2AB 1LG6 317-2AB 180 225 255 330 420 530 615 790 915 1055 1245
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 1470 1470 1470 1480 1480 1485 1485 1486 1488 1488 1490 1490 120 143 195 239 290 354 482 578 706 847 1026 1282 92.6 93.2 93.3 94 94.5 95.1 95.1 95.4 95.9 96.1 96.3 96.4 93.2 93.5 93.4 94.4 94.7 95.3 95.2 95.5 96 96.2 96.4 96.5 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.88 34.5 1) 40.5 1) 55 1) 67 1) 81 1) 96 130 1) 158 1) 190 1) 225 1) 275 2) 340 2) 1LG6 183-4AA 1LG6 186-4AA 1LG6 207-4AA 1LG6 220-4AA 1LG6 223-4AA 1LG6 253-4AA 1LG6 280-4AA 1LG6 283-4AA 1LG6 310-4AA 1LG6 313-4AA 1LG6 316-4AA 1LG6 317-4AA 155 180 225 290 330 460 575 675 810 965 1105 1305
1LG6
With additional charge The motors can also be used for 60 Hz according to EPACT, see Pages 4/74 to 4/79.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). For connection to 400 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box).
3)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/70
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
2-pole, 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LG6 183-2AA 1LG6 206-2AA 1LG6 207-2AA 1LG6 223-2AA 1LG6 253-2AA 1LG6 280-2AB 1LG6 283-2AB 1LG6 310-2AB 1LG6 313-2AB 1LG6 316-2AB 1LG6 317-2AB 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.4 2.6 2.5 2.5 7.2 7 7.2 7.3 6.8 7 7.6 6.9 7.1 7.1 6.9 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 3 3 3.1 2.8 2.9 2.9 2.8 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 0.086 0.15 0.18 0.27 0.47 0.83 1 1.4 1.6 2.1 2.5 67 71 71 71 71 73 73 76 76 76 76 80 84 84 84 84 86 86 89 89 89 89
4-pole, 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LG6 183-4AA 1LG6 186-4AA 1LG6 207-4AA 1LG6 220-4AA 1LG6 223-4AA 1LG6 253-4AA 1LG6 280-4AA 1LG6 283-4AA 1LG6 310-4AA 1LG6 313-4AA 1LG6 316-4AA 1LG6 317-4AA 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.6 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.7 3 3.2 6.4 6.7 6.7 6.8 6.9 7.5 6.8 7.5 7.1 7.3 7.4 7.6 3 3.1 3.3 3 3 3 2.9 3.1 2.9 2.9 3 3 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.12 0.14 0.23 0.4 0.49 0.86 1.4 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.5 4.2 60 60 62 60 60 65 67 67 68 68 68 68 73 73 75 73 73 78 80 80 82 82 82 82
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14, 1) IM V19 IM V19 1) 2 7 3
1 1LG6 18 . - . . . 1LG6 20 . - . . . 1LG6 22 . - . . . 1LG6 25 . - . . . 1LG6 28 . - . . . 1LG6 310 - . . . 1LG6 313 - . . . 1LG6 316 - . . . 1LG6 317 - . . .
7)
Standard version Without additional charge Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
3)
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG6 183-... to 1LG6 318-... (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
1LG6 220-... to 1LG6 318-... motors (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E. 2-pole motors in 60 Hz version available on request.
4) 5) 6) 7)
2)
4/71
Siemens AG 2008
Prated kW
FS
rated
%
rated
%
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 180 L 200 L 200 L 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 975 978 978 980 985 988 988 990 990 990 990 990 147 181 215 292 359 435 532 723 868 1061 1273 1543 90.9 91.2 91.9 93.2 93.7 94.4 94.6 95 95.3 95.6 95.8 95.8 91.7 91.8 92.5 93.7 94.1 94.6 94.8 95 95.4 95.7 95.8 95.9 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.83 0.83 0.85 0.85 0.83 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.86 29.5 36 42 56 1) 69 81 99 138 160 1) 196 235 280 2) 1LG6 186-6AA 1LG6 206-6AA 1LG6 207-6AA 1LG6 223-6AA 1LG6 253-6AA 1LG6 280-6AA 1LG6 283-6AA 1LG6 310-6AA 1LG6 313-6AA 1LG6 316-6AA 1LG6 317-6AA 1LG6 318-6AA 175 210 240 325 405 520 570 760 935 1010 1180 1245
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 725 725 730 730 735 738 738 740 740 740 740 740 145 198 242 288 390 479 582 710 968 1161 1420 1704 88.7 89.3 91.1 91.6 92.8 93.1 93.7 94.3 94.5 94.7 94.8 94.9 89.6 89.8 91.8 92.1 93.3 93.3 94 94.4 94.7 95.1 95.1 95.2 0.76 0.8 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.84 0.84 23.5 30.5 36 43 57 71 86 102 138 164 200 240 1LG6 186-8AB 1LG6 207-8AB 1LG6 220-8AB 1LG6 223-8AB 1LG6 253-8AB 1LG6 280-8AB 1LG6 283-8AB 1LG6 310-8AB 1LG6 313-8AB 1LG6 316-8AB 1LG6 317-8AB 1LG6 318-8AB 165 235 295 335 435 510 560 750 840 1005 1100 1270
1LG6
With additional charge The motors can also be used for 60 Hz according to EPACT, see Pages 4/74 to 4/79.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
For connection to 230 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box). For connection to 400 V, parallel feeders are necessary (see the Introduction section, Connection, circuit and connection box).
3)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/72
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
6-pole, 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LG6 186-6AA 1LG6 206-6AA 1LG6 207-6AA 1LG6 223-6AA 1LG6 253-6AA 1LG6 280-6AA 1LG6 283-6AA 1LG6 310-6AA 1LG6 313-6AA 1LG6 316-6AA 1LG6 317-6AA 1LG6 318-6AA 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.8 2.9 3 3.3 2.8 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.2 5.5 5.6 5.6 6.5 6.8 6.8 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.4 7.8 7.8 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.9 2.5 2.7 2.9 3 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.1 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.2 0.29 0.36 0.63 0.93 1.4 1.6 2.5 3.2 4 4.7 5.4 56 59 59 59 59 58 58 61 61 61 61 64 69 72 72 72 72 71 71 74 74 74 74 77
8-pole, 750 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, High Efficiency
1LG6 186-8AB 1LG6 207-8AB 1LG6 220-8AB 1LG6 223-8AB 1LG6 253-8AB 1LG6 280-8AB 1LG6 283-8AB 1LG6 310-8AB 1LG6 313-8AB 1LG6 316-8AB 1LG6 317-8AB 1LG6 318-8AB 1.7 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.3 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.5 4.6 5.3 5.6 5.8 6 5.7 6.1 6.3 6.7 6.3 6.4 6.7 2.2 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 2.3 2.5 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.6 2.9 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 0.21 0.37 0.55 0.66 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.5 3.1 3.9 4.5 5.3 62 62 54 58 57 58 58 64 58 64 64 64 75 75 67 71 70 71 71 77 72 77 77 77
With standard flange With special flange IM B14, IM B34 IM B14, 1) IM V19 IM V19 1) 2 7 3
1 1LG6 18 . - . . . 1LG6 20 . - . . . 1LG6 22 . - . . . 1LG6 25 . - . . . 1LG6 28 . - . . . 1LG6 310 - . . . 1LG6 313 - . . . 1LG6 316 - . . . 1LG6 317 - . . . 1LG6 318 - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
3)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG6 183-... to 1LG6 318-... (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
1LG6 220-... to 1LG6 318-... motors (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
4) 5) 6)
2)
4/73
Siemens AG 2008
Prated HP
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
2-pole, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
30 40 50 60 75 75 100 100 125 150 150 175 200 250 300 180 M 200 L 200 L 225 M 225 M 250 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 3560 3565 3565 3570 3570 3578 3580 3580 3580 3580 3585 3586 3588 3588 3591 60 80 100 120 150 149 199 199 249 299 298 348 397 496 595 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No 93 91.7 92.4 93.6 94.5 93.6 94.1 95 95 95 94.5 95 95.4 95.4 95.4 0.88 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.9 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.9 0.9 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.93 0.92 34 46 57 67 83 84 112 110 136 164 164 190 215 265 320 1LG6 183-2AA 1LG6 206-2AA 1LG6 207-2AA 1LG6 223-2AA 1LG6 228-2AA 1LG6 253-2AA 1LG6 258-2AA 1LG6 280-2AB 1LG6 283-2AB 1LG6 288-2AA 1LG6 310-2AB 1LG6 313-2AB 1LG6 316-2AB 1LG6 317-2AB 1LG6 318-2AA 180 225 255 330 390 420 470 530 615 660 790 915 1055 1245 1330
1)
1)
1)
1)
With additional charge The motors can also be used for 50 Hz High Efficiency, see Pages 4/70 to 4/73.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
Only 60 Hz data according to EPACT on the rating plate. If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/74
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
2-pole, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1LG6 183-2AA 1LG6 206-2AA 1LG6 207-2AA 1LG6 223-2AA 1LG6 228-2AA 1LG6 253-2AA 1LG6 258-2AA 1LG6 280-2AB 1LG6 283-2AB 1LG6 288-2AA 1LG6 310-2AB 1LG6 313-2AB 1LG6 316-2AB 1LG6 317-2AB 1LG6 318-2AA 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.8 3.3 2.7 2.8 2.8 2.9 3.1 2.6 3 3 3.2 4.1 7.9 7.8 7.8 8.3 8.7 7.5 8.4 7.9 8.3 8.5 7.5 8.3 8.4 8.6 10 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.7 3.2 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.6 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.4 3.9 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 13 13 16 13 13 13 13 16 0.086 0.15 0.18 0.27 0.32 0.47 0.57 0.83 1 1.16 1.4 1.6 2.1 2.5 2.74 72 75 75 74 74 75 79 77 77 77 81 81 81 81 83 85 88 88 87 87 88 92 90 90 90 94 94 94 94 96
IM B35
1LG6 18 . - . . . 1LG6 20 . - . . . 1LG6 22 . - . . . 1LG6 25 . - . . . 1LG6 28 . - . . . 1LG6 310 - . . . 1LG6 313 - . . . 1LG6 316 - . . . 1LG6 317 - . . . 1LG6 318 - . . .
4 7)
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG6 183-... to 1LG6 318-... (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
3)
1LG6 220-... to 1LG6 318-... motors (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E. 2-pole motors in 60 Hz version available on request.
4) 5) 6) 7)
2)
4/75
Siemens AG 2008
Prated HP
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
4-pole, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
25 30 40 50 60 75 75 100 100 125 150 150 175 200 250 300 180 M 180 L 200 L 225 S 225 M 225 M 250 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 1775 1775 1775 1785 1785 1785 1790 1788 1788 1790 1788 1791 1791 1792 1792 1792 100 120 160 199 239 299 298 398 398 497 598 596 696 795 994 1193 Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No 92.4 92.4 93 93.6 94.1 94.1 94.5 94.5 94.5 95 95 95 95.4 95.4 95.8 95.8 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 31 36.5 48 60 70 88 86 116 114 144 172 170 198 225 280 335 1LG6 183-4AA 1LG6 186-4AA 1LG6 207-4AA 1LG6 220-4AA 1LG6 223-4AA 1LG6 228-4AA 1LG6 253-4AA 1LG6 258-4AA 1LG6 280-4AA 1LG6 283-4AA 1LG6 288-4AA 1LG6 310-4AA 1LG6 313-4AA 1LG6 316-4AA 1LG6 317-4AA 1LG6 318-4AA 155 180 225 290 330 355 460 495 575 675 710 810 965 1105 1305 1345
1)
1)
1)
1)
With additional charge The motors can also be used for 50 Hz High Efficiency, see Pages 4/70 to 4/73.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
Only 60 Hz data according to EPACT on the rating plate. If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/76
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
4-pole, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1LG6 183-4AA 1LG6 186-4AA 1LG6 207-4AA 1LG6 220-4AA 1LG6 223-4AA 1LG6 228-4AA 1LG6 253-4AA 1LG6 258-4AA 1LG6 280-4AA 1LG6 283-4AA 1LG6 288-4AA 1LG6 310-4AA 1LG6 313-4AA 1LG6 316-4AA 1LG6 317-4AA 1LG6 318-4AA 2.9 2.8 3 3.1 3.3 3 2.9 3 2.9 3 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.7 4 4 7.1 7.4 7.7 7.5 7.9 7.8 8.2 8.1 7.6 8.2 8.4 7.8 8.4 9 9.1 9.3 3.3 3.4 3.7 3.4 3.5 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.4 3.5 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.7 3.7 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.12 0.14 0.23 0.4 0.49 0.66 0.86 0.99 1.4 1.7 1.88 2.3 2.9 3.5 4.2 4.5 65 65 66 65 65 64 68 72 71 71 71 75 75 75 75 81 78 78 79 78 78 78 81 86 84 84 85 88 88 88 88 94
IM B35
1LG6 18 . - . . . 1LG6 20 . - . . . 1LG6 22 . - . . . 1LG6 25 . - . . . 1LG6 28 . - . . . 1LG6 310 - . . . 1LG6 313 - . . . 1LG6 316 - . . . 1LG6 317 - . . . 1LG6 318 - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG6 183-... to 1LG6 318-... (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
3)
1LG6 220-... to 1LG6 318-... motors (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
4) 5) 6)
2)
4/77
Siemens AG 2008
Prated HP
FS
nrated rpm
Trated Nm
rated
%
6-pole, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
20 25 30 40 50 50 60 60 75 100 100 125 150 175 200 180 L 200 L 200 L 225 M 225 M 250 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 315 L 315 L 1178 1180 1180 1184 1184 1186 1186 1190 1190 1190 1191 1191 1192 1192 1192 121 151 181 241 301 300 361 359 449 599 598 747 896 1046 1195 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 91 91.7 91.7 93 93 93 93.6 94.1 94.5 94.5 94.5 94.5 95 95 95.4 0.8 0.79 0.8 0.82 0.83 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.83 0.84 0.82 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 25.5 32.5 38.5 49 61 61 73 72 89 118 120 148 176 205 235 1LG6 186-6AA 1LG6 206-6AA 1LG6 207-6AA 1LG6 223-6AA 1LG6 228-6AA 1LG6 253-6AA 1LG6 258-6AA 1LG6 280-6AA 1LG6 283-6AA 1LG6 288-6AA 1LG6 310-6AA 1LG6 313-6AA 1LG6 316-6AA 1LG6 317-6AA 1LG6 318-6AA 175 210 240 325 355 405 435 520 570 615 760 935 1010 1180 1245
1)
1)
1)
With additional charge The motors can also be used for 50 Hz High Efficiency, see Pages 4/70 to 4/73.
The motors can also be orderd in design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55): Mains-fed operation order code M74 Converter-fed operation with derating order code M75 See Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Options.
1) 2)
Only 60 Hz data according to EPACT on the rating plate. If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/78
Siemens AG 2008
CL
J kgm
LWA dB(A)
6-pole, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz, temperature class 155 (F), IP55 degree of protection, for use in the North American market according to EPACT
1LG6 186-6AA 1LG6 206-6AA 1LG6 207-6AA 1LG6 223-6AA 1LG6 228-6AA 1LG6 253-6AA 1LG6 258-6AA 1LG6 280-6AA 1LG6 283-6AA 1LG6 288-6AA 1LG6 310-6AA 1LG6 313-6AA 1LG6 316-6AA 1LG6 317-6AA 1LG6 318-6AA 2.9 2.9 2.9 3.4 3.2 3.4 3.4 3.6 3.9 4 3.3 3 3.3 3.6 4 6.5 6.5 6.4 7.2 7.6 7.4 7.4 7.7 8.3 8.4 8.4 7.9 8.5 8.9 9.4 3 2.7 2.7 3.4 3.4 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.1 3.3 3.6 4 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 0.2 0.29 0.36 0.63 0.76 0.93 1.07 1.4 1.6 1.94 2.5 3.2 4 4.7 5.4 57 65 65 62 61 63 65 62 62 64 66 66 66 66 69 70 78 78 75 74 76 79 75 75 78 79 79 79 79 82
IM B35
1LG6 18 . - . . . 1LG6 20 . - . . . 1LG6 22 . - . . . 1LG6 25 . - . . . 1LG6 28 . - . . . 1LG6 310 - . . . 1LG6 313 - . . . 1LG6 316 - . . . 1LG6 317 - . . . 1LG6 318 - . . .
Standard version Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible Order other types of construction with type of construction code 9 in the final position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Types of construction).
Order other voltages with voltage code 9 in the penultimate position and the corresponding order code (see Special versions in the Selection and ordering data under Voltages).
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. If motors 1LG6 183-... to 1LG6 318-... (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 180 M to 315 L) in types of construction with feet IM B6, IM B7 or IM V6 are fixed to the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
3)
1LG6 220-... to 1LG6 318-... motors (motor series 1LG6 frame sizes 225 S to 315 L) are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane. Type of construction IM V3 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1G. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. Type of construction IM V6 is only possible using type of construction code 9 and order code M1E.
4) 5) 6)
2)
4/79
Siemens AG 2008
dered using additional order options (special versions). These special versions for voltages, construction types or options are listed in catalog part 3 Non-standard motors frame size 315 and above.
1LA8
Forced-air cooled, in Zones 2 and 22 with type of prot. n or prot. against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1PQ8
1)
If the marking Ex nA II is required in addition to VIK on the rating plate, this must be ordered using order code C27. The VIK version is not possible in combination with Zone 21 and 22.
4/80
Siemens AG 2008
Overview
General information Ex motors in vertical type of construction with shaft extension pointing down must have a protective cover. Extensive operating instructions are supplied as standard with explosion-proof motors. For all explosion-proof motors, designs according to UL (order code D31) and CSA (order code D40) are not possible. Motor connection For motors in Ex version (except for Zone 22, VIK, certified metric cable glands/sealing plugs are included in the scope of supply. Mains-fed operation Motors to type of protection Ex e are only certified for mains-fed operation. 2-pole motors 1MA frame sizes 132 to 160 are designed with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3) as standard. For motor versions with order codes A11/A12 or with voltage code 9 T3-output is then stamped on the rating plate as standard. Alternatively, T1/T2-output on the rating plate can be stamped order code C30 Ex de/Ex d are designed in the basic version for mains-fed operation Motors 1MJ6/1MJ7 for use in type of protection Ex d/de (Zone 1)/dust-Ex Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust order code M76 Motors 1LA/1LG can be modified for use in Zones 2, 21 or 22 if they are ordered using order codes: - Design for Zone 2 for mains-fed operation (order code M72) - Design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for mains-fed operation (order code M74) - Design for Zone 21 1), as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for mains-fed operation (order code M34) - Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for mainsfed operation (order code M35) Certified motor protection switches/tripping units must be used for motor protection, see Catalog LV 1.
1)
4/81
Siemens AG 2008
Alternatively, rated operating points for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES, SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS S120 or ET 200S FC on the rating plate can be ordered as follows: Y68 with plain text (C text): Y68:SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Y68 with plain text (C text): Y68:SINAMICS G110 Y68 with plain text (C text): Y68:ET 200S FC Y68 with plain text (C text): Y68:SINAMICS S120 The converter type and the associated rating data are on the rating plate The reasons for this are the different control levels for the converter with a converter output frequency of 45 Hz and above and the associated derating of the motor. For compliance with temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. Derating information is available in the configuration tool SIZER (see Appendix). The certificates for the motors and converters for hazardous areas are stored under Documentation in the SD configurator tool for low-voltage motors. Only one voltage must be assigned to voltage codes/ order codes:
Voltage code 3 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Order code L1A L1B L1C L1D L2E L2F L2W L2X L1Y (non-standard winding) L3A 1) Mains voltage 500 VY 50 Hz 500 V 50 Hz 400 VY 50 Hz 400 V 50 Hz 415 VY 50 Hz 415 V 50 Hz 460 VY 60 Hz 460 V 60 Hz 440 VY 60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz Plain text (max. 460 VY 50 or 60 Hz) For 87 Hz 400 V (4 to 8-pole)
or Design for Zones 1 and 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating order code M77 (incl.order code A15) For motor series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7, a fourth PTC thermistor is installed in the connection box. Thermal utilization is according to temperature class 155 (F). The EU type test certificate and factory certificate 2.1 also cover converter-fed operation. General converters for Zone 2/21/22 1LA and 1LG motors for Zones 2, 21 and 22 for converter-fed operation have 3 PTC thermistors for tripping as standard. 1LG4/1LG6 motors also have an additional PTC thermistor in the connection box. Optionally available: PTC thermistors for alarm for converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21, 22 Order code A10 For all motors, MICROMASTER DUTY S9 is stamped on the rating plate complete with the relevant rating data. (Exception: Motor series 1LA8 and 1PQ8). These rated operating points apply for both constant torque drives and pump/fan/compressor drives. For a constant torque drive, the resulting thermal motor torques in the positioning range must be taken into account. On the rating plate, four rated operating points are possible in the following variants:
1)
4/82
Siemens AG 2008
Overview (continued)
1LA8, 1PQ8 motors for converter-fed operation When 1LA8 and 1PQ8 motors are ordered, the speed setting range and the load torque must be specified as well as whether the application is for a Constant torque drive or a Fan/pump/ compressor drive. In some cases, a system test must be performed to ensure that the admissible limit temperature is not exceeded. A system test is not generally required for motors for applications with quadratic load torque (M~n2). A system test is usually required for motors for applications with constant load torque. In individual cases in which the motor type has already been measured once using the same speed setting range, a new system test is not necessary. Please inquire in such cases. For all motors, an additional rating plate complete with the rating data for the converter is fitted. Converters specially for Zone 2, type of protection n or Ex nA II T3 The motors must be ordered with Design for Zone 2 for converter-fed operation, derating Ex nA II T3 acc. to IEC/EN 60079-15 Order code M73. In the version for order code M73, PTC thermistors are included in accordance with temperature class 130 (B). The IEC/EN 60079-15 standard requires that the converter drive for motors is subjected to the non-sparking test. The test is available for Siemens motors Ex nA II on Siemens converters in accordance with Factory Certificate 2.1. Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). The test will cost more in the case of non-Siemens converters (especially on commissioning). Commissioning personnel must be provided by the customer for setting up and operating the non-Siemens converter during the test, if required. Converters specially for Zone 21/22 The motors must be ordered with: Design for Zone 21 1), as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating Order code M38 Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for converter-fed operation, derating Order code M39 In order codes M38/M39, PTC thermistors are included in accordance with temperature class 130 (B). Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). Converters for Zone 2/22 The motors must be ordered with: Design for Zones 2 and 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for converter-fed operation, derating Order code M75 In order code M75, PTC thermistors are included in accordance with temperature class 130 (B). Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). VIK version VIK standard version: VIK version Order code K30 VIK version Non-sparking: Ex nA II T3 marking on VIK rating plate according to Directive 94/9/EU (ATEX) Order code C27 The motors in VIK design (K30) contain technology for Zone 2 in Ex nA II T3 type of protection. In accordance with VIK recommendations, Ex nA II T3 will only be stamped on the rating plate on the express wish of the customer when ordering with order code C27. Note: When ordering, C27 must be specified in addition to K30. Motors up to frame size 355 can be supplied in accordance with the technical requirements of the VIK (Verband der Industriellen Energie- und Kraftwirtschaft e.V.). Not possible for 1LA5 motors, 1LG4 motors will be supplied. 1LG4, 1LG6, 1MJ6 and 1MJ7 motors in frame size 315 are supplied with special connection boxes with a removable cable entry plate. Note the output and dimensions in the case of 1LA8 motors. With 1LA8 motors the connection boxes cannot be rotated by 4 x 90. Motors in a vertical type of construction with the shaft extension pointing down must have a protective cover (e.g. type of construction code 4). Use according to temperature class 130 (B) is mandatory. Frame sizes 400 and 450 are not included in VIK. Please inquire about converter-fed operation in all cases. Motors in VIK design with mounted technology (brake, rotary pulse encoder, separately driven fan and anti-condensation heater) are not compatible with Zone 2. Designs for Zone 21/22 are not possible. Chinese explosion-proof certification For projects in China in particular, explosion-proof motors are required that have been approved by a named Chinese testing authority. Ex certification for China Order code D32 The following motor series have Chinese Ex certification: Zone 1 type of protection d or Ex de IIC T4/Ex d IIC T4: 1MJ6, 1MJ7 Zone 2 type of protection n or Ex nA II T3: 1LA6, 1LA7, 1LA9, 1LG when ordered in: - Design for Zone 2 for mains-fed operation Ex nA II T3 acc. to IEC/EN 60079-15 Order code M72. - Design for Zone 2 for converter-fed operation, derating Ex nA II T3 acc. to IEC/EN 60079-15 Order code M73. In addition, the VIK design for motor series 1MJ6, 1MJ7, 1LA, 1LG can also be ordered with Ex certification for China. When these motors are ordered in the version Ex certification for China Order code D32 the NEPSI 2) certificate number and the NEPSI logo are stamped on the rating plate. For motor series 1LA8, the CQST 3) certificate number and the logo: CQST are then stamped on the rating plate.
1) 2)
Zone 21 takes into account conducting and non-conducting dust. NEPSI = National Supervision and Inspection Center for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation.
3)
CQST = China National Quality Supervision and Test Centre for Explosion Protected Electrical Products.
4/83
Siemens AG 2008
For some non-standard voltages at 50 or 60 Hz, order codes are specified. They are ordered by specifying the code digit 9 for voltage in the 11th position of the Order No. and the appropriate order code.
56
63
71
80
90
100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 S/M L
L1E L1L
L1C L1D
2)
4) 2) 4)
L1E L1L
L1C L1D
This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. Footnotes, see Page 4/85.
4/84
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 S/M L 1MJ7 (cast-iron)
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7
1MJ6 (cast-iron) Voltage at 50 Hz 9 220 V/380 VY (210 ... 230 V/360 ... 400 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 230 V (220 ... 240 V); 9 50 Hz output 1) 9 380 V/660 VY (360 ... 400 V/625 ... 695 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 415 VY (395 ... 435 VY); 9 50 Hz output 1) 9 415 V (395 ... 435 V); 50 Hz output 1) Voltage at 60 Hz 9 220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz output 220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz output 9 380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz output 440 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 440 VY; 60 Hz output 9 440 V; 50 Hz output 440 V; 60 Hz output 9 9 460 VY; 50 Hz output 9 460 VY; 60 Hz output 460 V; 50 Hz output 9 9 460 V; 60 Hz output 9 575 VY; 50 Hz output 575 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 575 V; 50 Hz output 9 575 V; 60 Hz output Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies Non-standard winding for vol- 9 tages between 200 and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available on request) 5) L1R
L1E L1L
L1C L1D
L2A L2B L2C L2D L2Q L2W L2R L2X L2S L2E L2T L2F L2U L2L L2V L2M L1Y
Without additional charge With additional charge Not possible This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required.
1) 2) 3)
For order codes L1C, L1D, L1E, L1L, L1R, L1U and L1A a rated voltage range is also marked on the rating plate. For motors 1MA7 060-4 (motor series 1MA7 frame size 63, 4-pole) not possible. Special certification is required for 60 Hz.
4) 5)
For motors 1MA7 060-2, 1MA7 060-4 and 1MA7 063-4 (motor series 1MA7 frame size 63, 2- and 4-pole) not possible. Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage, frequency, circuit, required rated output in kW.
4/85
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Voltage at 50 Hz 9 220 V/380 VY (440 VY at 60 Hz) (210 ... 230 V/360 ... 400 VY); 50 Hz output 2) 9 230 V (220 ... 240 V); 50 Hz output 2) 9 380 V/660 VY (440 V at 60 Hz) (360 ... 400 V/625 ... 695 VY); 50 Hz output 2) 9 415 VY (395 ... 435 VY); 50 Hz output 2) 9 415 V (395 ... 435 V); 50 Hz output 2) 400 VY (380 ... 420 VY); 9 50 Hz output 2) 9 400 V (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 2) 9 400 V (460 V bei 60 Hz) (380 ... 420 V); 2) 50 Hz output 400 V 9 87 Hz output 3) (4-pole to 8-pole only) Voltage at 60 Hz 9 220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz output 9 220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz output 380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz output 9 440 VY; 50 Hz output 440 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 440 V; 50 Hz output 9 440 V; 60 Hz output 460 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 460 VY; 60 Hz output 9 460 V; 50 Hz output 460 V; 60 Hz output 9 9 575 VY; 50 Hz output 9 575 VY; 60 Hz output 575 V; 50 Hz output 9 9 575 V; 60 Hz output Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies Non-standard winding for vol- 9 tages between 200 V and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available on request) 4) 1LA5 (aluminum) 1)
L1R
L1E L1L
L3A
L2A L2B L2C L2D L2Q L2W L2R L2X L2S L2E L2T L2F L2U L2L L2V L2M L1Y
Without additional charge With additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required.
1) 2) 3) 4)
Zone 2 is not possible for motor series 1LA5 and motor series 1LA7 for frame size 56. For Zones 21 and 22, for order codes L1C, L1D, L1E, L1L, L1R, L1U, L1B and L1A a rated voltage range is also marked on the rating plate. The rating data for converter-fed operation is also provided in a table on the rating plate. Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage, frequency, circuit, required rated output in kW.
4/86
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9
1LA9 (aluminum) Voltage at 50 Hz 220 V/380 VY 9 (440 VY at 60 Hz) (210 ... 230 V/360 ... 400 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 230 V (220 ... 240 V); 50 Hz output 1) 9 380 V/660 VY (440 V at 60 Hz) (360 ... 400 V/625 ... 695 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 415 VY (395 ... 435 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 415 V (395 ... 435 V); 9 50 Hz output 1) 9 400 VY (380 ... 420 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 400 V (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 1) 400 V (460 V bei 60 Hz) 9 (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 1) 400 V 9 87 Hz output (4-pole to 8-pole only) 2) Voltage at 60 Hz 220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz output 9 380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz output 380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 440 VY; 50 Hz output 9 440 VY; 60 Hz output 440 V; 50 Hz output 9 9 440 V; 60 Hz output 9 460 VY; 50 Hz output 460 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 460 V; 50 Hz output 9 460 V; 60 Hz output 575 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 575 VY; 60 Hz output 9 575 V; 50 Hz output 575 V; 60 Hz output 9 Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies Non-standard winding for vol- 9 tages between 200 and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available on request) 3) L1R
L1E L1L
L3A
L2A L2B L2C L2D L2Q L2W L2R L2X L2S L2E L2T L2F L2U L2L L2V L2M L1Y
Without additional charge With additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required.
1) 2) 3)
For Zones 21 and 22, for order codes L1C, L1D, L1E, L1L, L1R, L1U, L1B and L1A a rated voltage range is also marked on the rating plate. The rating data for converter-fed operation is also provided in a table on the rating plate. Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage, frequency, circuit, required rated output in kW.
4/87
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
200
225
250
280
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Voltage at 50 Hz 220 V/380 VY 9 (440 VY at 60 Hz) (210 ... 230 V/360 ... 400 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 230 V (220 ... 240 V); 50 Hz output 1) 9 380 V/660 VY (440 V at 60 Hz) (360 ... 400 V/625 ... 695 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 415 VY (395 ... 435 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 415 V (395 ... 435 V); 9 50 Hz output 1) 9 400 VY (380 ... 420 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 400 V (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 1) 400 V (460 V bei 60 Hz) 9 (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 1) 400 V 9 87 Hz output (2-pole to 4-pole only) 2) Voltage at 60 Hz 220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz output 9 380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz output 380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 440 VY; 50 Hz output 9 440 VY; 60 Hz output 440 V; 50 Hz output 9 9 440 V; 60 Hz output 9 460 VY; 50 Hz output 460 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 460 V; 50 Hz output 9 460 V; 60 Hz output 575 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 575 VY; 60 Hz output 9 575 V; 50 Hz output 575 V; 60 Hz output 9 Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies Non-standard winding for vol- 9 tages between 200 and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available on request) 3) L1R 1LG4 (cast-iron)
L1E L1L
L3A
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
L2A L2B L2C L2D L2Q L2W L2R L2X L2S L2E L2T L2F L2U L2L L2V L2M L1Y
O. R.
Without additional charge With additional charge Possible on request Not possible This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required.
1) 2) 3)
For Zones 21 and 22, for order codes L1C, L1D, L1E, L1L, L1R, L1U, L1B and L1A a rated voltage range is also marked on the rating plate. The rating data for converter-fed operation is also provided in a table on the rating plate. Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage, frequency, circuit, required rated output in kW.
4/88
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
200
225
250
280
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6
1LG6 (cast-iron) Voltage at 50 Hz 220 V/380 VY 9 (440 VY at 60 Hz) (210 ... 230 V/360 ... 400 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 230 V (220 ... 240 V); 50 Hz output 1) 9 380 V/660 VY (440 V at 60 Hz) (360 ... 400 V/625 ... 695 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 415 VY (395 ... 435 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 415 V (395 ... 435 V); 9 50 Hz output 1) 9 400 VY (380 ... 420 VY); 50 Hz output 1) 9 400 V (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 1) 400 V (460 V bei 60 Hz) 9 (380 ... 420 V); 50 Hz output 1) 400 V 9 87 Hz output (4-pole to 8-pole only) 2) Voltage at 60 Hz 220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz output 9 380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz output 380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 440 VY; 50 Hz output 9 440 VY; 60 Hz output 440 V; 50 Hz output 9 9 440 V; 60 Hz output 9 460 VY; 50 Hz output 460 VY; 60 Hz output 9 9 460 V; 50 Hz output 9 460 V; 60 Hz output 575 VY; 50 Hz output 9 9 575 VY; 60 Hz output 9 575 V; 50 Hz output 575 V; 60 Hz output 9 Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies Non-standard winding for vol- 9 tages between 200 and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available on request) 3) L1R
L1E L1L
4
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
L3A
L2A L2B L2C L2D L2Q L2W L2R L2X L2S L2E L2T L2F L2U L2L L2V L2M L1Y
O. R.
Without additional charge With additional charge Possible on request Not possible This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required.
1) 2) 3)
For Zones 21 and 22, for order codes L1C, L1D, L1E, L1L, L1R, L1U, L1B and L1A a rated voltage range is also marked on the rating plate. The rating data for converter-fed operation is also provided in a table on the rating plate. Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage, frequency, circuit, required rated output in kW.
4/89
Siemens AG 2008
Order codes have been defined for some special types of construction. They are ordered by specifying the code digit 9 for the type of construction in the 12th position of the Order No. and the appropriate order code.
Motor type frame size 56 63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 L S/M 24-, pole 6-, 8pole
Without flange IM V6 1) 3) IM V5 with protective cover 1) 2) 3) With flange IM V3 1) 5) With special flange IM V18 with protective cover 1) 2) IM B34
9 9 9 9 9
4) 4)
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. If motors of frame sizes 180 M to 315 L are mounted on the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported.
4) 5)
60 Hz version is possible on request. 1MA6 motors of frame sizes 225 S to 315 M are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
2) 3)
4/90
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7
1MJ6 (cast-iron) Without flange IM V5 with protective cover 1) 2) 3) With flange IM V3 1) 4) With standard flange IM V18 with protective cover 1) 2) With special flange IM V18 with protective cover 1) 2) IM B34 9 9 9 9 9 M1F M1G M2A M2B M2C 1MJ7 (cast-iron)
1)
The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible.
3) 4)
If motors of frame sizes 180 M to 315 M are mounted on the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported. 1MJ7 motors of frame sizes 225 S to 315 M are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
2)
4/91
Siemens AG 2008
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Without flange IM V5 with protective cover 2) 3) With flange IM V3 2) 4) With standard flange IM V18 with protective cover 2) 3) With special flange IM V18 with protective cover 2) 3) IM B34 1LA5 (aluminum) 1)
9 9 9 9 9
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9
1LA9 (aluminum)
Without flange IM V5 with protective cover 2) 3) With flange IM V3 With standard flange IM V18 with protective cover 2) 3) With special flange IM V18 with protective cover 2) 3) IM B34
9 9 9 9 9
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Without flange IM V6 2) 6) IM V5 with protective cover 2) 3) 6) With flange IM V3 2) 7) With standard flange IM V18 with protective cover 2) 3) With special flange IM V18 with protective cover 2) 3) IM B34 9 9 9 9 9 9 M1E M1F M1G M2A M2B M2C 1LG4 (cast-iron) 5) 5)
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6
1LG6 (cast-iron) Without flange 9 IM V6 6) IM V5 with protective cover 2) 3) 6) 9 With flange 9 IM V3 2) 7) M1E M1F M1G 5) 5)
1) 2)
Zone 2 is not possible for motor series 1LA5 and motor series 1LA7 for frame size 56. The following applies for explosion-proof motors: In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension down, the version with protective cover is required. For types of construction with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air-flow. The Second shaft extension option, order code K16 is not possible. For frame sizes 180 M to 225 M, the 1LA5 motors can be supplied with two additional eyebolts; state identification code -Z and order code K32.
5) 6) 7)
60 Hz version is possible on request. If motors of frame sizes 180 M to 315 L are mounted on the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet are supported. 1LG4/1LG6 motors of frame sizes 225 S to 315 M are supplied with two screw-in eyebolts in accordance with IM B5, whereby one can be relocated in accordance with IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
3) 4)
4/92
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
4/93
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
4/94
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
1)
2-pole motors 1 MA frame sizes 132 to 160 are designed with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3) as standard. For motor versions with order codes A11/A12 or with voltage code 9 T3-output is then stamped on the rating plate as standard. Alternatively, T1/T2-output on the rating plate can be stamped order code C30 Evaluation with associated 3RN1 tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. Motor protection by means of PTC thermistor as sole protection available on request. The maximum certified output will be supplied. 1MA7 motors are up to 80 mm longer than normal. A second shaft extension is not possible. Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE and non-drive end NDE for IP55, IP56 and IP65 degrees of protection. If condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to relocate the bearing plates at the drive end (DE) and non-drive end (NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet on delivery are underneath. Not possible in combination with vibration-proof version, order code L03.
7)
CCC certification is required for 2-pole motors 2.2 kW 4-pole motors 1.1 kW 6-pole motors 0.75 kW 8-pole motors 0.55 kW Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible in combination with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). Not possible for low-noise version (2-pole) for frame sizes 132 S to 160 L. Version with protective cover not possible. When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension than normal, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA internal diameter of roller bearing (see dimesnion tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x length E (normal) of the shaft extension For an explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction.
2)
8)
9) 10)
3) 4) 5)
6)
4/95
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
Motor connection and connection box K09 Connection box on RHS K10 Connection box on LHS Connection box in cast-iron K15 version Rotation of the connection box K83 through 90, entry from DE K84 Rotation of the connection box through 90, entry from NDE K85 Rotation of connection box through 180 Next larger connection box L00 Auxiliary connection box 1XB3 020 L97 Windings and insulation Increased air humidity/temperature C19 with 30 to 60 g water per m3 of air Temperature class 155 (F), C22 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 C, derating approx. 4 % 3) Temperature class 155 (F), C23 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 C, derating approx. 8 % 3) C24 Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 % 3) C25 Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 C, derating approx. 18 % 3) Increased air humidity/temperature C26 with 60 to 100 g water per m3 of air
For legend, see Page 4/98, for footnotes, see Page 4/99.
4/96
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
For legend, see Page 4/98, for footnotes, see Page 4/99.
Siemens D 81.1 2008
4/97
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
9)
9)
9)
9)
Heating and ventilation K34 Cast-iron fan cover Metal external fan K35 K45 Anti-condensation heaters for 230 V K46 Anti-condensation heaters for 115 V Rating plate and extra rating plates Second lubricating plate, B06 supplied loose Second rating plate, loose K31 Extra rating plate or rating plate Y80 and with deviating rating plate data identification code Extra rating plate with identification Y82 and code identification code Additional information on rating Y84 and plate and on package label identifica(maximum of 20 characters) tion code Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates B02 Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204 B23 Operating instructions German/ English enclosed in print Wire-lattice pallet L99
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
4/98
Siemens AG 2008
1)
2-pole motors 1MA frame sizes 132 to 160 are designed with double rating plate (T1/T2 and T3) as standard. For motor versions with order codes A11/A12 or with voltage code 9 T3-output is then stamped on the rating plate as standard. Alternatively, T1/T2-output on the rating plate can be stamped order code C30 Evaluation with associated 3RN1 tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. Motor protection with PTC thermistors is available as sole protection up to frame size 160 L on request. With frame size 180 M and above, it is not permitted as sole protection; motor protection switch is required. The maximum certified output will be supplied. For frame sizes 100 to 200, do not specify an order code. Order code is only necessary for frame sizes 225 to 315. 1MA6 motors are up to 80 mm longer than normal. A second shaft extension is not possible. Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE and non-drive end NDE for IP55, IP56 and IP65 degrees of protection. If condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to relocate the bearing plates at the drive end (DE) and non-drive end (NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet on delivery are underneath. Not possible in combination with vibration-proof version, order code L03.
8)
2)
Not possible for 2-pole 1MA6 motors, frame size 315 L in vertical type of construction; bearings for increased cantilever forces for vibration quantity level B are available on request for 1MA6 motors of frame size 225 M and above. Not possible for 1MA6 motors of frame size 225 M and above in combination with concentricity of shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement according to DIN 42955 tolerance R for flange-mounting types. Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible in combination with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). For motors of frame size 180 M and above in vertical type of construction in version with second shaft extension on request. Not possible for lownoise version (2-pole) for frame sizes 132 S to 160 L. Version with protective cover not possible. When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension than normal, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not applicable for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA Inner diameter of roller bearing (see tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x Length E (normal) of the shaft extension For explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction.
9)
10)
3) 4) 5) 6)
11)
7)
4/99
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7
1MJ6 (cast-iron) Design for Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 according to ATEX Design for Zones 1 and 21, as well as M76 for Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65), for mains-fed operation 1) Design for Zones 1 and 21, as well as M77 for Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65), for converter-fed operation, derating 1) Motor protection Motor protection with PTC thermistors A11 with 3 embedded temperature sensors for tripping 2) 3) Motor protection with PTC thermistors A12 with 6 embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping 2) 3) 4) Motor protection with PTC thermistors A15 for converter-fed operation with 4 embedded temperature sensors for tripping 2) 3) Motor protection with PTC thermistors A16 for converter-fed operation with 8 embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping 2) 3) 4) Installation of 2 PT 100 screw-in resis- A72 tance thermometers (basic circuit) for rolling-contact bearings 2) Installation of 2 PT100 screw-in resis- A78 tance thermometers (3-wire circuit) for rolling-contact bearings 2) Motor connection and connection box Connection box on RHS K09 K10 Connection box on LHS Connection box in cast-iron version K15 Explosion-proof connection box, K53 Ex d IIC type of protection 6) Rotation of the connection box K83 through 90, entry from DE K84 Rotation of the connection box through 90, entry from NDE K85 Rotation of connection box through 180 Auxiliary connection box 1XB3020 7) L97 Saddle terminal for connection M47 without cable lug, accessories pack (3 items of high saddle terminals) 1MJ7 (cast-iron)
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
5)
4/100
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7
1MJ6 (cast-iron) Windings and insulation Increased air humidity/temperature with 30 to 60 g water per m of air Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 C, derating approx. 4 % 8) Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 C, derating approx. 8 % 8) Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 % 8) Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 C, derating approx. 18 % Increased air humidity/temperature with 60 to 100 g water per m of air Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), with a higher coolant temperature and/or site altitude C19 C22 1MJ7 (cast-iron)
C23
C24
C25
Colors and paint finish Standard finish in RAL 7030 stone gray Standard finish in other standard RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Special finish in RAL 7030 stone gray 9) Special finish in other standard RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Special finish in special RAL colors: For RAL colors, see Special finish in special RAL colors Page 0/19 Offshore special finish Sea air resistant special finish Unpainted (only cast iron parts primed) Unpainted, only primed Special technology Mounting of the explosion-proof rotary pulse encoder for use on Ex d/de motors in Zone 1 10) Mounting of the explosion-proof Ex de separately driven fan for use in Zone 1 11)
Y51 and special finish RAL . M91 M94 K23 K24 H87
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
M98
4/101
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7
1MJ6 (cast-iron) Mechanical design and degrees of protection Drive-end seal for flange-mounting K17 motors with an oil-tightness of up to 0.1 bar Not possible for type of construction IM V3; with frame size 180 M and above, only possible for 4-pole to 8-pole motors Low-noise version for 2-pole motors K37 with clockwise direction of rotation 12) Low-noise version for 2-pole motors K38 with counter-clockwise direction of rotation 12) IP65 degree of protection 13) K50 K52 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) Vibration-proof version L03 Mechanical protection for encoder 15) M68 Designs in accordance with standards and specifications D01 CCC China Compulsory Certification 16) K30 VIK version D32 Ex certification for China Bearings and lubrication G50 Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse measurement for bearing inspection Bearing design for increased K20 cantilever forces 17) K40 Regreasing device L27 Insulated bearing cartridge Balance and vibration quantity Vibration quantity A K02 Vibration quantity B L68 Full key balancing Balancing without key M37 Shaft and rotor K04 Concentricity of shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors 18) Second standard shaft extension 19) K16 L39 Concentricity of shaft extension in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R Non-standard cylindrical shaft Y55 and extension 20) identification code Heating and ventilation Metal external fan K35 Anti-condensation heaters for 230 V K45
21)22) 21)22)
1MJ7 (cast-iron)
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
Anti-condensation heaters for 115 V Separately driven fan with non-standard voltage and/or frequency
4/102
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zone 1 with type of protection de Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7
1MJ6 (cast-iron) Rating plate and extra rating plates Second lubricating plate, supplied loose Second rating plate, loose Extra rating plate or rating plate with deviating rating plate data B06 1MJ7 (cast-iron)
K31 Y80 and identification code Extra rating plate with identification Y82 and code identification code Additional information on rating plate Y84 and and on package label (maximum of identifica20 characters) tion code Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates Acceptance test certificate 3.1 B02 according to EN 10204 Operating instructions German/ B23 English enclosed in print L99 Wire-lattice pallet
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
1) 2)
In combination with order codes K30 and M98 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes D32, K50 and K52. Evaluation with appropriate 3RN1 tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. For 1MJ6 motors, for a version with PTC thermistors, an anti-condensation heater (order code K45, K46) up to frame size 160 L is not possible. For 1MJ6 motors frame sizes 180 to 200 and 1MJ7 motors, for a version with PTC thermistors, an anti-condensation heater (order code K45, K46) is not possible. Exception: 1MJ7 frame size 315. For 1MJ6 motors frame size 160 L standard version. Drilled holes for the cable glands are sealed with Exd plugs for 1MJ motors as standard. On request, the Exd cable entries can be supplied for 1MJ7 motors. When ordering, the number of cables and outer diameters must be specified so that the appropriate cable glands can be supplied. Not possible in combination with order code K53, since the auxiliary connection box has been approved only for Ex de. Derating does not apply in combination with order codes L2A, L2C, L2Q, L2R, L2S, L2T, L2U and L2V. For frame sizes 71 to 200, do not specify an order code. Order code is only necessary for frame sizes 225 to 315. In combination with order codes C19, C26, L27 and M98 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes C22 to C25 (frame sizes 90 to 160), D19, K16, K50, M77. Furthermore a combination with protective cover is not possible. Therefore a suitable cover must be implemented by the end user in vertical mounting position to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). In combination with order codes C19, C22 to C26, D19, H87, K50, K52, M76 and M77 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. The motors are up to 80 mm longer than normal. A second shaft extension is not possible. Order code K50 (protective cover IP65) can be ordered only for Zone 1. For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for Zone 22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required.
14) 15)
A combination of order code K52 degree of protection IP56 (non-heavysea) with M76 or M77 is not permissible. 1MJ6 motors of frame size 90 to 160 have a rugged flanged. Ex OG9 rotary pulse encoder, which offers alone a high mechanical protection. The mechanical protection for the encoder is not necessary when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cowl. CCC certification is required for 2-pole motors 2.2 kW 4-pole motors 1.1 kW 6-pole motors 0.75 kW 8-pole motors 0.55 kW Bearings for increased cantilever forces at vibration quantity level B on request. Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible in combination with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). For 1MJ6/1MJ7 motors of frame size 180 M and above in vertical type of construction in version with second shaft extension on request. Not possible for low-noise version (2-pole). Version with protective cover not possible. When motors which have a longer or shorter shaft extension than normal are ordered, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA internal diameter of roller bearing (see dimesnion tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x length E (normal) of the shaft extension For an explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction. For 1MJ6 motors, version with 3, 4 PTC thermistors (order codes A11, A15) is not possible up to frame size 160 L. Not possible for version with 6, 8 PTC thermistors (order codes A12, A16). Exception: 1MJ7 frame size 315.
3) 4)
16)
5) 6)
17) 18)
7) 8) 9) 10)
19)
20)
11)
12) 13)
21) 22)
4/103
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Design for Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 according to ATEX Design for Zone 2 for mains-fed M72 operation Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15 4) Design for Zone 2 for converter-fed M73 operation, reduced output Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15 4) 5) 6) Design for Zones 2 and 22, for nonM74 conducting dust (IP55), for mains-fed operation 7) Design for Zones 2 and 22, for nonM75 conducting dust (IP55), for converterfed operation, derating 5)6)7) Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 M34 for conducting dust (IP65) for mainsfed operation 8) Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 M38 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating 4) 6) 8) Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting M35 dust (IP55) for mains-fed operation Design for Zone 22 for conducting dust M39 (IP55) for converter-fed operation, derating 4) 6) VIK design (comprises Zone 2 for K30 mains-fed operation, without Ex nA II marking on rating plate) Ex nA II on VIK rating plate C27 Alternative converter Y68 and (SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES, converter SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS S120 type . or ET 200S FC) Motor protection A10 With PTC thermistors for alarm for converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21, 22 9) Motor protection with PTC thermistors A11 with 3 embedded temperature sensors for tripping 9) Motor protection with PTC thermistors A12 with 6 embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping 9) Motor temperature detection with A23 embedded temperature sensor KTY 84-130 9) Motor temperature detection with A25 embedded temperature sensors 2 x KTY 84-130 9) Installation of 3 PT 100 resistance A60 thermometers 9)
3)
1LA5 (aluminum) 2)
For legend, see Page 4/108, for footnotes, see Page 4/109.
4/104
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Motor connection and connection box K09 Connection box on RHS Connection box on LHS K10 K54 One cable gland, metal 10) K55 Cable gland, maximum configuration Rotation of the connection box K83 through 90, entry from DE Rotation of the connection box K84 through 90, entry from NDE K85 Rotation of connection box through 180 Next larger connection box L00 External earthing L13 Windings and insulation C19 Increased air humidity/temperature with 30 to 60 g water per m of air C22 Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 C, derating approx. 4 % 11) Temperature class 155 (F), C23 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 C, derating approx. 8 % 11) Temperature class 155 (F), C24 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 % 11) Temperature class 155 (F), C25 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 C, derating approx. 18 % Increased air humidity/temperature C26 with 60 to 100 g water per m3 of air Y50 and Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), with increased coolant specified output, temperature and/or site altitude CT .. C or SA .... m above sea level 1LA5 (aluminum) 2) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
For legend, see Page 4/108, for footnotes, see Page 4/109.
Siemens D 81.1 2008
4/105
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Colors and paint finish Special finish in RAL 7030 stone gray Y54 and Special finish in other standard RAL special fincolors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, ish RAL . 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Special finish in special RAL colors: For Y51 and RAL colors, see Special finish in spe- special fincial RAL colors ish RAL . Page 0/19 M94 Sea air resistant special finish K23 Unpainted (only cast iron parts primed) K24 Unpainted, only primed Special technology H86 Mounting of explosion-proof rotary pulse encoder for use in Zones 2, 21, 22 12) Mounting of explosion-proof separately M97 driven fan II 3D for use in Zone 22 13) Mechanical design and degrees of protection K17 Drive-end seal for flange-mounting motors with an oil-tightness of up to 0.1 bar Not possible for IM V3 type of construction K32 With two additional eyebolts for IM V1/IM V3 K37 Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with clockwise direction of rotation Low-noise version for 2-pole motors K38 with counter-clockwise direction of rotation IP65 degree of protection 14) K50 IP56 degree of protection K52 (non-heavy-sea) 15) Vibration-proof version L03 Condensation drainage holes 16) L12 M27 Rust-resistant screws (externally) Mechanical protection for encoder 17) M68 1LA5 (aluminum) 2)
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
For legend, see Page 4/108, for footnotes, see Page 4/109.
4/106
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Coolant temperature and site altitude Coolant temperature 40 C to +40 C D19 for EX motor 18) Designs in accordance with standards and specifications D01 CCC China Compulsory Certification 19) Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12 D30 D32 Ex-certification for China (only valid for Zone 2) Bearings and lubrication Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse G50 measurement for bearing inspection K20 Bearing design for increased cantilever forces Regreasing device K40 Located bearing DE K94 L04 Located bearing NDE Balance and vibration quantity Vibration quantity A K02 Vibration quantity B L68 Full key balancing Balancing without key M37 Shaft and rotor K04 Concentricity of shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors 20) K16 Second standard shaft extension K42 Shaft extension with standard dimensions without featherkey way L39 Concentricity of shaft extension in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R Standard shaft made of rust-resistant M65 steel Y55 and Non-standard cylindrical shaft identificaextension 21) tion code Heating and ventilation H17 Fan cover for textile industry K35 Metal external fan 22) Anti-condensation heater, Ex. 230 V M15 M14 Anti-condensation heater, Ex. 115 V 1LA5 (aluminum) 2)
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R.
For legend, see Page 4/108, for footnotes, see Page 4/109.
Siemens D 81.1 2008
4/107
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5
1LA7 (aluminum) 1) Rating plate and extra rating plates Second lubricating plate, supplied loose Second rating plate, loose Extra rating plate or rating plate with deviating rating plate data 1LA5 (aluminum) 2)
B06
K31 Y80 and identification code Extra rating plate with identification Y82 and code identification code Additional information on rating Y84 and plate and on package label identifica(maximum of 20 characters) tion code Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates B02 Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204 Operating instructions German/English B23 enclosed in print F83 Type test with heat run for vertical motors, with acceptance Wire-lattice pallet L99 Connected in star for dispatch M32 M33 Connected in delta for dispatch
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
4/108
Siemens AG 2008
4
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Zone 2 for motor series 1LA7 only frame size 63 and above. Zone 2 is not possible for motor series 1LA5. For Zone 2, instead of 1LA5 motors, 1LG4 motors are used. Anti-condensation heater up to frame size 71 M not possible. These motors do not have a rated voltage range stamped on the rating plate. According to the standard, the motor and converter must be tested as a unit. A Manufacturer test certificate is available for a defined spectrum of Siemens motors (frame sizes 63 M to 315 L)/converter. Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). With this option, PTC thermistors for temperature class 130 (B) are included. For compliance with temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. The operating data for the MICROMASTER converter series from Siemens are specified on the rating plate as standard. Derating information is available on request. For converter-fed operation only voltage codes/order codes with only one voltage are permitted, see also Page 4/82. In combination with order codes D19, K30 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes D32, K50 and K52. Zone 21 takes into account conducting and non-conducting dust. Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. KTY 84-130 and PT 100 are not permitted as sole protection. Full motor protection for mains-fed operation implemented only with PTC thermistors, please inquire. For 1LA7 and 1LA5 motors additional charge only applies to Zone 22. Designs for Zones 2 and 21 already have a certified metal cable gland in the standard version. Derating does not apply in combination with order codes L2A, L2C, L2Q, L2R, L2S, L2T, L2U and L2V. In combination with order codes C19, C26, L27 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. Furthermore a combination with protective cover is not possible. Therefore a suitable cover must be implemented by the end user in vertical mounting position to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). In combination with order codes C19, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, D19, H86, K50 and K52 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes C27, K16, K30, M72, M73, M34, M38, M74 and M75. Order code K50 (IP65 degree of protection) can only be ordered for Zone 2. For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for Zone 22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required. Order code K52 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) is only possible for Zone 2. Not admissible for Zone 21 (IP65 degree of protection) and Zone 22 (IP55 degree of protection).
16)
When supplied the condensation drainage holes are sealed at the drive end DE and non-drive end NDE for IP55, IP56 and IP65 degrees of protection. If condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to relocate the bearing plates at the drive end (DE) and nondrive end (NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet on delivery are underneath. Not necessary when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover. Not possible in combination with order code L03. The mechanical limit speed of 1LA5 2-pole motors in the design for Zones 21/22 from frame size 180 has been reduced compared to the values in catalog part 5 Motors operating with frequency converters of the catalog: Frame size 180 200 225 2 pole nmax in rpm 3300 3100 3000 fmax in Hz 55 51 50
17)
18)
6)
7) 8) 9)
This is particularly important to be observed for converter-fed operation and operation on 60 Hz line supplies. Option: 1LG4 motors in the design for Zones 21/22.
19)
10)
CCC certification is required for 2-pole motors: 2.2 kW 4-pole motors: 1.1 kW 6-pole motors: 0.75 kW 8-pole motors: 0.55 kW Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). When motors which have a longer or shorter shaft extension than normal are ordered, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA internal diameter of roller bearing (see dimension tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x length E (normal) of the shaft extension For an explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction. For 1LA5/6/7/9 motors and 1LG with metal external fan, converter-fed operation is permitted. The metal external fan is standard for these motors in the version for Zone 21/22. The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise version order code K37 or K38.
20)
11) 12)
21)
13)
14)
15)
22)
4/109
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9
1LA9 (aluminum) Design for Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 according to ATEX 1) Design for Zone 2 for mains-fed M72 operation Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15 2) Design for Zone 2 for converter-fed M73 operation, reduced output Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15
2) 3) 4)
Design for Zones 2 and 22, for non-conducting dust (IP55), for mains-fed operation 5) Design for Zones 2 and 22, for non-conducting dust (IP55), for converter-fed operation, derating
3)4)5)
M74
M75
Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for mains-fed operation 6) Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating 2) 4) 6) Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for mains-fed operation Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for converterfed operation, derating 2) 4) VIK design (comprises Zone 2 for mains-fed operation, without Ex nA II marking on rating plate) Ex nA II on VIK rating plate Alternative converter (SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES, SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS S120 or ET 200S FC) Motor protection With PTC thermistors for alarm for converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21, 22 7) Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 3 embedded temperature sensors for tripping 7) Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 6 embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping 7) Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensor KTY 84-130 7) Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensors 2 x KTY 84-130 7) Installation of 3 PT 100 resistance thermometers 7)
M34
M38
M35
M39
K30
A10
A11
A12
A23
A25
A60
For legend, see Page 4/113, for footnotes, see Page 4/114.
4/110
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9
1LA9 (aluminum) Motor connection and connection box K09 Connection box on RHS K10 Connection box on LHS One cable gland, metal 8) K54 K55 Cable gland, maximum configuration K83 Rotation of the connection box through 90, entry from DE Rotation of the connection box K84 through 90, entry from NDE K85 Rotation of connection box through 180 Next larger connection box L00 External earthing L13 Windings and insulation Increased air humidity/temperature C19 with 30 to 60 g water per m3 of air Temperature class 155 (F), C22 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 C, derating approx. 4 % 9) Temperature class 155 (F), C23 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 C, derating approx. 8 % 9) Temperature class 155 (F), C24 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 % 9) C25 Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 C, derating approx. 18 % Increased air humidity/temperature C26 with 60 to 100 g water per m3 of air Y50 and Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), with a higher specified output, coolant temperature and/or site CT .. C or altitude SA .... m above sea level Colors and paint finish Special finish in RAL 7030 stone gray Special finish in other standard Y54 and RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, special fin1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, ish RAL . 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Y51 and Special finish in special RAL colors: For RAL colors, see Spe- special finish RAL . cial finish in special RAL colors Page 0/19 Sea air resistant special finish M94 K23 Unpainted (only cast iron parts primed) K24 Unpainted, only primed O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
For legend, see Page 4/113, for footnotes, see Page 4/114.
Siemens D 81.1 2008
4/111
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9
1LA9 (aluminum) Special technology Mounting of explosion-proof rotary H86 pulse encoder for use in Zones 2, 21, 22 10) Mounting of explosion-proof M97 separately driven fan II 3D for use 11) in Zone 22 Mechanical design and degrees of protection K17 Drive-end seal for flange-mounting motors with an oil-tightness of up to 0.1 bar Not possible for IM V3 type of construction. K37 Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with clockwise direction of rotation Low-noise version for 2-pole K38 motors with counter-clockwise direction of rotation IP65 degree of protection 12) K50 K52 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) 13) L03 Vibration-proof version Condensation drainage holes 14) L12 Rust-resistant screws (externally) M27 Mechanical protection for encoder M68
15)
Coolant temperature and site altitude Coolant temperature 40 C to D19 +40 C for EX motor 16) Designs in accordance with standards and specifications CCC China Compulsory D01 Certification 17) Electrical according to NEMA D30 MG1-12 D32 Ex-certification for China (only valid for Zone 2) Bearings and lubrication G50 Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse measurement for bearing inspection Bearing design for increased K20 cantilever forces K40 Regreasing device K94 Located bearing DE L04 Located bearing NDE Balance and vibration quantity Vibration quantity A K02 Vibration quantity B Full key balancing L68 M37 Balancing without key
For legend, see Page 4/113, for footnotes, see Page 4/114.
4/112
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Aluminum series 1LA9
1LA9 (aluminum) Shaft and rotor Concentricity of shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors 18) Second standard shaft extension Shaft extension with standard dimensions without featherkey way Concentricity of shaft extension in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension 19) K04
Heating and ventilation Fan cover for textile industry H17 K35 Metal external fan 20) M15 Anti-condensation heater, Ex. 230 V M14 Anti-condensation heater, Ex. 115 V Rating plate and extra rating plates B06 Second lubricating plate, supplied loose K31 Second rating plate, loose Y80 and Extra rating plate or rating plate identificawith deviating rating plate data tion code Extra rating plate with Y82 and identification code identification code Additional information on rating Y84 and plate and on package label identifica(maximum of 20 characters) tion code Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates B02 Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204 B23 Operating instructions German/ English enclosed in print Type test with heat run for vertical F83 motors, with acceptance Wire-lattice pallet L99 Connected in star for dispatch M32 M33 Connected in delta for dispatch
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
4/113
Siemens AG 2008
4
1) 2) 3)
Anti-condensation heater up to frame size 71 M not possible. These motors do not have a rated voltage range stamped on the rating plate. According to the standard, the motor and converter must be tested as a unit. A Manufacturer test certificate is available for a defined spectrum of Siemens motors (frame sizes 63 M to 315 L)/converter. Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). With this option, PTC thermistors for temperature class 130 (B) are included. For compliance with temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. The operating data for the MICROMASTER converter series from Siemens are specified on the rating plate as standard. Derating information is available on request. For converter-fed operation only voltage codes/order codes with only one voltage are permitted, see also Page 4/82. In combination with order codes D19, K30 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes D32, K50 and K52. Zone 21 takes into account conducting and non-conducting dust. Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. KTY 84-130 and PT 100 are not permitted as sole protection. Full motor protection for mains-fed operation implemented only with PTC thermistors, please inquire. For 1LA9 motors additional charge only applies to Zone 22. Designs for Zones 2 and 21 already have a certified metal cable gland in the standard version. Derating does not apply in combination with order codes L2A, L2C, L2Q, L2R, L2S, L2T, L2U and L2V. In combination with order codes C19, C26, L27 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. Furthermore a combination with protective cover is not possible. Therefore a suitable cover must be implemented by the end user in vertical mounting position to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). In combination with order codes C19, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, C27, D19, H86, K30, K50 and K52 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes C27, K16, K30, M72, M73, M34, M38, M74 and M75. Order code K50 (IP65 degree of protection) can only be ordered for Zone 2. For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for Zone 22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required. Order code K52 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) is only possible for Zone 2. Not admissible for Zone 21 (IP65 degree of protection) and Zone 22 (IP55 degree of protection).
14)
When supplied the condensation drainage holes are sealed at the drive end DE and non-drive end NDE for IP55, IP56 and IP65 degrees of protection. If condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to relocate the bearing plates at the drive end (DE) and nondrive end (NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet on delivery are underneath. Not necessary when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover. Not possible in combination with order code L03. The mechanical limit speed of 1LA9 2-pole motors in the design for Zones 21/22 from frame size 180 has been reduced compared to the values in catalog part 5 Motors operating with frequency converters of the catalog: Frame size 180 200 2 pole nmax in rpm 3300 3100 fmax in Hz 55 51
15)
4)
16)
5) 6) 7)
This is particularly important to be observed for converter-fed operation and operation on 60 Hz line supplies. Option: 1LG6 motors in the design for Zones 21/22.
17)
8)
9) 10)
CCC certification is required for 2-pole motors 2.2 kW 4-pole motors 1.1 kW 6-pole motors 0.75 kW 8-pole motors 0.55 kW Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). When motors which have a longer or shorter shaft extension are ordered, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA internal diameter of roller bearing (see dimesnion tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x length E (normal) of the shaft extension For an explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction. For 1LA5/6/7/9 motors and 1LG with metal external fan, converter-fed operation is permitted. The metal external fan is standard for these motors in the version for Zone 21/22. The metal external fan is not possible in combination with a low-noise version order code K37 or K38.
18)
19)
11)
12)
13)
20)
4/114
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Design for Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 according to ATEX 1) Design for Zone 2 for mains-fed M72 operation Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15 2) Design for Zone 2 for converter-fed M73 operation, reduced output Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15
2) 3) 4)
1LG4 (cast-iron)
Design for Zones 2 and 22, for non-conducting dust (IP55), for mains-fed operation 5) Design for Zones 2 and 22, for non-conducting dust (IP55), for converter-fed operation, derating
3)4)5)
M74
M75
Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for mains-fed operation 6) Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating 2) 4) 6) Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for mains-fed operation Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for converterfed operation, derating 2) 4) VIK design (comprises Zone 2 for mains-fed operation, without Ex nA II marking on rating plate) Ex nA II on VIK rating plate Alternative converter (SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES, SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS S120 or ET 200S FC) Motor protection With PTC thermistors for alarm for converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21, 22 7) Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 3 embedded temperature sensors for tripping 7) Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 6 embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping 7) Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensor KTY 84-130 7) Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensors 2 x KTY 84-130 7) Installation of 3 PT 100 resistance thermometers 7) Installation of 6 PT 100 resistance thermometers in stator winding 7)
M34
M38
M35
M39
K30
A10
A11
A12
A23
A25
A60 A61
4/115
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Motor protection (continued) A72 Installation of 2 PT 100 screw-in resistance thermometers (basic circuit) for rolling-contact bearings
7)
1LG4 (cast-iron)
A78 Installation of 2 PT 100 screw-in resistance thermometers (3-wire circuit) for rolling-contact bearings
7)
Installation of 2 PT 100 double A80 screw-in resistance thermometers (3-wire circuit) for rolling-contact bearings 7) Motor connection and connection box Two-part plate on connection box K06 K09 Connection box on RHS Connection box on LHS K10 K11 Connection box on top, feet screwed on K15 Connection box in cast-iron version 8) One cable gland, metal K54 Cable gland, maximum K55 configuration 8) Rotation of the connection box K83 through 90, entry from DE K84 Rotation of the connection box through 90, entry from NDE K85 Rotation of connection box through 180 Next larger connection box L00 External earthing L13 Auxiliary connection box 1XB3 020 L97 M47 Saddle terminal for connection without cable lug, accessories pack (6 items) Windings and insulation Increased air humidity/temperature C19 with 30 to 60 g water per m3 of air Temperature class 155 (F), C22 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 C, derating approx. 4 % Temperature class 155 (F), C23 used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 C, derating approx. 8 % C24 Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 % C25 Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 C, derating approx. 18 % Increased air humidity/temperature C26 with 60 to 100 g water per m3 of air Temperature class 155 (F), used Y50 and acc. to 130 (B), with increased specified coolant temperature and/or site output, altitude CT .. C or SA .... m above sea level
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 9) 9) 9)
4/116
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Colors and paint finish Standard finish in RAL 7030 stone gray Standard finish in other standard Y53 and RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, standard finish RAL 1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, . 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 K26 Special finish in RAL 7030 stone gray 10) Special finish in other standard Y54 and RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, special fin1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, ish RAL . 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Special finish in special RAL col- Y51 and ors: For RAL colors, see Special special finish RAL . finish in special RAL colors on Page 0/19 M91 Offshore special finish Sea air resistant special finish M94 K23 Unpainted (only cast iron parts primed) K24 Unpainted, only primed Special technology Mounting of explosion-proof rotary H86 pulse encoder for use in Zones 2, 21, 22 11) Mounting of explosion-proof M95 separately driven fan Ex nA for use in Zone 2 12) Mounting of explosion-proof M96 separately driven fan II 2D for use in Zone 21 12) Mounting of explosion-proof M97 separately driven fan II 3D for use in Zone 22 12) Mechanical design and degrees of protection Drive-end seal for flangeK17 mounting motors with an oil-tightness of up to 0.1 bar Not possible for IM V3 type of construction 13) Low-noise version for 2-pole K37 motors with clockwise direction of rotation 14) Low-noise version for 2-pole K38 motors with counter-clockwise direction of rotation 14) IP65 degree of protection 15) K50 IP56 degree of protection K52 16) (non-heavy-sea) Vibration-proof version L03 Condensation drainage holes 17) L12 Rust-resistant screws (externally) M27 Mechanical protection for encoder M68
18)
1LG4 (cast-iron)
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
4/117
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Coolant temperature and site altitude D19 Coolant temperature 40 C to +40 C for EX motor 19) Designs in accordance with standards and specifications D30 Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12 D32 Ex certification for China (only valid for Zone 2) Bearings and lubrication Measuring nipple for SPM shock G50 pulse measurement for bearing inspection K20 Bearing design for increased cantilever forces 20) Special bearing for DE and NDE, K36 bearing size Regreasing device K40 K94 Located bearing DE L04 Located bearing NDE Insulated bearing cartridge L27 Balance and vibration quantity Vibration quantity A Vibration quantity B 22) K02 L68 Full key balancing M37 Balancing without key Shaft and rotor K04 Concentricity of shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors 23) K16 Second standard shaft extension 24) Shaft extension with standard K42 dimensions without featherkey way L39 Concentricity of shaft extension in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R Standard shaft made of rust-resis- M65 tant steel Y55 and Non-standard cylindrical shaft identificaextension 25) tion code Heating and ventilation H17 Fan cover for textile industry K35 Metal external fan 26) Anti-condensation heater, M15 Ex. 230 V Anti-condensation heater, M14 Ex. 115 V Y81 and Separately driven fan with nonstandard voltage and/or frequency identification code Rating plate and extra rating plates B06 Second lubricating plate, supplied loose K31 Second rating plate, loose Y80 and Extra rating plate or rating plate identificawith deviating rating plate data tion code Extra rating plate with identification Y82 and code identification code Additional information on rating Y84 and plate and on package label identifica(maximum of 20 characters) tion code 1LG4 (cast-iron)
21) 21)
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
4/118
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
132
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21, 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LA6 and 1LG4
1LA6 (cast-iron) Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates B02 Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204 B23 Operating instructions German/ English enclosed in print Type test with heat run for horizon- F83 tal motors, with acceptance L99 Wire-lattice pallet M32 Connected in star for dispatch Connected in delta for dispatch M33 1LG4 (cast-iron)
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
4
16)
1) 2) 3)
Only permitted for use in accordance with temperature class 130 (B). These motors do not have a rated voltage range stamped on the rating plate. According to the standard, the motor and converter must be tested as a unit. A Manufacturer test certificate is available for a defined spectrum of Siemens motors (frame sizes 63 M to 315 L)/converter. Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). With this option, PTC thermistors for temperature class 130 (B) are included. For compliance with temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. The operating data for the MICROMASTER converter series from Siemens are specified on the rating plate as standard. Derating information is available on request. For converter-fed operation only voltage codes/order codes with only one voltage are permitted, see also Page 4/82. In combination with order codes D19, K30, M95, M96 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes D32, K50 and K52. Zone 21 takes into account conducting and non-conducting dust. Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. KTY 84-130 and PT 100 are not permitted as sole protection. Full motor protection for mains-fed operation implemented only with PTC thermistors, please inquire. For 1LA6 and 1LG6 motors additional charge only applies to Zone 22. Designs for Zones 2 and 21 already have a certified metal cable gland in the standard version. Standard with designs for Zone 2, Zone 21 and VIK. Standard with designs for Zone 2, Zone 21 and VIK. For frame sizes 100 to 160, do not specify an order code. Order code is only necessary for frame sizes 180 to 315. In combination with order codes C19, C26, L27, M95, M96 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. Furthermore a combination with protective cover is not possible. Therefore a suitable cover must be implemented by the end user in vertical mounting position to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). In combination with order codes C19, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, C27, D19, H86, K30, K50 and K52 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. The type of protection of the separately driven fan must correspond to the type of protection of the motor. Not possible for motor series 1LG4 for 2-pole motors. For 1LG4 motors a second shaft extension is not possible in the low-noise version. Order code K50 (IP65 degree of protection) can only be ordered for Zone 2. For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for Zone 22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required.
Order code K52 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) is only possible for Zone 2. Not admissible for Zone 21 (IP65 degree of protection) and Zone 22 (IP55 degree of protection). For 1LA6 motors: When supplied the condensation drainage holes are sealed at the drive end DE and non-drive end NDE for IP55, IP56 and IP65 degrees of protection. If condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to relocate the bearing plates at the drive end (DE) and non-drive end (NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet on delivery are underneath. Not necessary when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover. Not possible in combination with order code L03. Not possible for 2-pole 1LG4 motors, frame size 315 L in vertical types of construction; bearings for increased cantilever forces at vibration quantity level B available on request for 1LG4 motors. Not possible for 1LG4 motors in the combination Concentricity of the shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors order code K04. Additional charge for 2-pole motors. With 4-pole to 8-pole motors, standard version. Not possible in combination with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible in combination with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). Possible for motors of frame size 315 and above in vertical types of construction or 2-pole for version with second shaft extension on request. Version with protective cover not possible. When motors which have a longer or shorter shaft extension than normal are ordered, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA internal diameter of roller bearing (see dimesnion tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x length E (normal) of the shaft extension For an explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction. For 1LA5/6/7/9 motors and 1LG with metal external fan, converter-fed operation is permitted. The metal external fan is standard for these motors in the version for Zone 21/22. The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise version order code K37 or K38.
17)
4)
18)
19) 20)
5) 6) 7)
8)
9) 10) 11)
24)
25)
12)
26)
4/119
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6
1LG6 (cast-iron) Design for Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 according to ATEX 1) Design for Zone 2 for mains-fed operation M72 Ex nA II T3 to IEC/EN 60079-15 2) Design for Zone 2 for converter-fed operation, M73 reduced output Ex nA II T3 to 2) 3) 4) IEC/EN 60079-15 Design for Zones 2 and 22, for non-conducting M74 dust (IP55), for mains-fed operation 5) Design for Zones 2 and 22, for non-conducting M75 dust (IP55), for converter-fed operation, derating
4)5)
Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for mains-fed operation 6) Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conducting dust (IP65) for converter-fed operation, derating 2) 4) 6) Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for mains-fed operation Design for Zone 22 for non-conducting dust (IP55) for converter-fed operation, derating 2) 4) VIK design (comprises Zone 2 for mains-fed operation, without Ex nA II marking on rating plate) Ex nA II on VIK rating plate Alternative converter (SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES, SIMOVERT S120) Motor protection With PTC thermistors for alarm for converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21, 22 7) Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 3 embedded temperature sensors for tripping 7) Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 6 embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping 7) Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensor KTY 84-130 7) Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensors 2 x KTY 84-130 7) Installation of 3 PT 100 resistance thermometers 7) Installation of 6 PT 100 resistance thermometers in stator winding 7) Installation of 2 PT 100 screw-in resistance thermometers (basic circuit) for rolling-contact bearings 7) Installation of 2 PT 100 screw-in resistance thermometers (3-wire circuit) for rolling-contact bearings 7) Installation of 2 PT 100 double screw-in resistance thermometers (three-wire circuit) for rolling-contact bearings 7)
M34 M38
A78
A80
For legend, see Page 4/123, for footnotes, see Page 4/124.
4/120
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6
1LG6 (cast-iron) Motor connection and connection box Two-part plate on connection box Connection box on RHS Connection box on LHS Connection box on top, feet screwed on Connection box in cast-iron version One cable gland, metal 8) Cable gland, maximum configuration 8) Rotation of the connection box through 90, entry from DE Rotation of the connection box through 90, entry from NDE Rotation of connection box through 180 Next larger connection box Auxiliary connection box Saddle terminal for connection without cable lug, accessories pack (6 items) Windings and insulation Increased air humidity/temperature with 30 to 60 g water per m of air Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 C, derating approx. 4% Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 C, derating approx. 8% Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 % Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 C, derating approx. 18 % Increased air humidity/temperature with 60 to 100 g water per per m of air Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to 130 (B), with a higher coolant temperature and/or site altitude K06 K09 K10 K11 K15 K54 K55 K83 K84 K85 L00 L97 M47 O. R. O. R. O. R.
O. R. O. R. O. R. 9) 9) 9)
C19 C22
C23
C24
C25
C26 Y50 and specified output, CT ... C or SA .... m above sea level
Colors and paint finish Standard finish in RAL 7030 stone gray Standard finish in other standard RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Special finish in RAL 7030 stone gray Special finish in other standard RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005 Page 0/18 Special finish in special RAL colors: For RAL colors, see Special finish in special RAL colors on Page 0/19 Offshore special finish Sea air resistant special finish Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) Unpainted, only primed
O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
For legend, see Page 4/123, for footnotes, see Page 4/124.
Siemens D 81.1 2008
4/121
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6
1LG6 (cast-iron) Special technology H86 Mounting of explosion-proof rotary pulse encoder for use in Zones 2, 21, 22 10) M95 Mounting of explosion-proof separately driven fan Ex nA for use in Zone 2 11) Mounting of explosion-proof separately driven M96 fan II 2D for use in Zone 21 11) M97 Mounting of explosion-proof separately driven fan II 3D for use in Zone 22 11) Mechanical design and degrees of protection K17 Drive-end seal for flange-mounting motors with an oil-tightness of up to 0.1 bar Not possible for IM V3 type of construction and 2-pole motors K37 Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with clockwise direction of rotation 12) K38 Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with counter-clockwise direction of rotation 12) 13) IP65 degree of protection K50 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) 14) K52 L12 Condensation water holes 15) M27 Rust-resistant screws (externally) Mechanical protection for encoder 16) M68 Coolant temperature and site altitude D19 Coolant temperature 40 C to +40 C for EX motor 17) Designs in accordance with standards and specifications D30 Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12 (standard version with EPACT) D32 Ex certification for China (only valid for Zone 2) Bearings and lubrication G50 Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse measurement for bearing inspection K20 Bearing design for increased cantilever forces 18) Special bearing for DE and NDE, bearing size K36 Regreasing device K40 K94 Located bearing DE L04 Located bearing NDE Insulated bearing cartridge L27 Balance and vibration quantity Vibration quantity A Vibration quantity B 20) K02 L68 Full key balancing M37 Balancing without key Shaft and rotor Concentricity of shaft extension, coaxiality and K04 linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors 21) Second standard shaft extension 22) K16 K42 Shaft extension with standard dimensions without featherkey way Concentricity of shaft extension in accordance L39 with DIN 42955 Tolerance R Y55 and Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension 23) identification code
19) 19)
For legend, see Page 4/123, for footnotes, see Page 4/124.
4/122
Siemens AG 2008
56
63
71
80
90
200
225
250
280
315
Self-ventilated motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection n or protection against dust explosions Cast-iron series 1LG6
1LG6 (cast-iron) Heating and ventilation Metal external fan 24) Anti-condensation heater, Ex. 230 V Anti-condensation heater, Ex. 115 V Separately driven fan with non-standard voltage and/or frequency Rating plate and extra rating plates Second lubricating plate, supplied loose Second rating plate, loose Extra rating plate or rating plate with deviating rating plate data K35 M15 M14 Y81 and identification code O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
B06 K31 Y80 and identification code Extra rating plate with identification code Y82 and identification code Additional information on rating plate Y84 and and on package label identification (maximum of 20 characters) code Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates B02 Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204 B23 Operating instructions German/English enclosed in print Type test with heat run for horizontal motors, F83 with acceptance M32 Connected in star for dispatch M33 Connected in delta for dispatch
Standard version Without additional charge This order code only determines the price of the version Additional plain text is required. O. R. Possible on request With additional charge Not possible
4/123
Siemens AG 2008
1) 2) 3)
Only permitted for use in accordance with temperature class 130 (B). These motors do not have a rated voltage range stamped on the rating plate. According to the standard, the motor and converter must be tested as a unit. A Manufacturer test certificate is available for a defined spectrum of Siemens motors (frame sizes 63 M to 315 L)/converter. Please inquire in the case of a non-Siemens converter (additional charge). With this option, PTC thermistors for temperature class 130 (B) are included. For compliance with temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter-fed operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. Derating information is available on request. In combination with order codes D19, K30, M95, M96 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order codes D32, K50 and K52. Zone 21 takes into account conducting and non-conducting dust. Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog LV 1) is recommended. When used in hazardous areas, a certified tripping unit is required. KTY 84-130 and PT 100 are not permitted as sole protection. Full motor protection for mains-fed operation implemented only with PTC thermistors, please inquire. For 1LG6 motors, additional charge only applies to Zone 22. Designs for Zones 2 and 21 already have a cable entry in the standard version. Standard with designs for Zone 2, Zone 21 and VIK. In combination with order codes C19, C26, L27, M95, M96 and M97 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. Furthermore a combination with protective cover is not possible. Therefore a suitable cover must be implemented by the end user in vertical mounting position to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0). In combination with order codes C19, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, D19, H86, K50 and K52 please inquire. Not possible in combination with order code K16. The type of protection of the separately driven fan must correspond to the type of protection of the motor. Not necessary for 1LG6 motors because these motors are already noise optimized. Order code K50 (IP65 degree of protection) can only be ordered for Zone 2. For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for Zone 22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required. Order code K52 IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea) is only possible for Zone 2. Not admissible for Zone 21 (IP65 degree of protection) and Zone 22 (IP55 degree of protection).
15)
When supplied the condensation drainage holes are sealed at the drive end DE and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to relocate the bearing plates at the drive end (DE) and non-drive end (NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet on delivery are underneath. Not necessary when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover. Not possible in combination with order code L03. Not possible for 2-pole 1LG6 motors, frame size 315 L in vertical types of construction; bearings for increased cantilever forces at vibration quantity level B available on request for 1LG6 motors. Not possible for 1LG6 motors in the combination Concentricity of the shaft extension, coaxiality and linear movement in accordance with DIN 42955 Tolerance R for flange-mounting motors order code K04. Additional charge for 2-pole motors. With 4-pole to 8-pole motors, standard version. Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63 Not possible with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). Not possible in combination with parallel roller bearings (e.g. bearings for increased cantilever forces, order code K20). Possible for motors of frame size 315 and above in vertical types of construction or 2-pole for version with second shaft extension on request. Version with protective cover not possible. When motors which have a longer or shorter shaft extension than normal are ordered, the required position and length of the featherkey way must be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only featherkeys in accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The featherkey way is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer normatively. Not valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely thin shafts, special geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions DE or NDE. The featherkeys are supplied in every case. For order codes Y55 and K16: Dimensions D and DA internal diameter of roller bearing (see dimension tables under Dimensions) Dimensions E and EA 2 x length E (normal) of the shaft extension For an explanation of the order codes, see catalog part 0 Introduction. For 1LA5/6/7/9 motors and 1LG with metal external fan, converter-fed operation is permitted. The metal external fan is standard for these motors in the version for Zone 21/22. The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise version order code K37 or K38.
16)
4)
17) 18)
5) 6) 7)
19) 20)
8) 9) 10)
21) 22)
23)
11)
12) 13)
14)
24)
4/124
Siemens AG 2008
Overview
Slide rails with fixing bolts and tensioning screws to DIN 42923 Slide rails are used to tension the belt of a machine easily and conveniently when a belt tightener is not available. They are fixed to the base using stone bolts or foundation blocks. The assignment of slide rails to motor size can be found in DIN 42923. For motors of frame sizes 355 to 450, there are no standardized slide rails (please inquire). Available from: Ltgert & Co. GmbH Postfach 42 51 33276 Gtersloh, Germany Tel. +49 (0)5241-7407-0 Fax +49 (0)5241-7407-90 http://www.luetgert-antriebe.de e-mail: info@luetgert-antriebe.de Foundation block acc. to DIN 799 The foundation blocks are inserted into the stone foundation and embedded in concrete. They are used for fixing machines of medium size, slide rails, pedestal bearings, baseframes, etc. After the fixing bolts have been unscrewed, the machine can be dragged without it having to be lifted. When the machine is initially installed, the foundation block that is bolted to the machine (without washers) and fitted with taper pins is not embedded with concrete until the machine has been fully aligned. In this case, the machine is positioned 2 to 3 mm lower. The difference in shaft height is compensated by inserting shims on final installation. The taper pins safeguard the exact position of the machine when it is repeatedly removed and replaced without the need for realignment. Available from: Ltgert & Co. GmbH Postfach 42 51 33276 Gtersloh, Germany Tel. +49 (0)5241-7407-0 Fax +49 (0)5241-7407-90 http://www.luetgert-antriebe.de e-mail: info@luetgert-antriebe.de Taper pins to DIN 258 with threaded ends and constant taper lengths Taper pins are used for components that are repeatedly removed. The drilled hole is ground conical using a conical reamer until the pin can be pushed in by hand until the cone shoulder lies 3 to 4 mm above the rim of the hole. It can then be driven in using a hammer until it is correctly seated. The pin is removed from the drilled hole by screwing on the nut and tightening it. Standardized taper pins are available from general engineering suppliers. Source, for example: Otto Roth GmbH & Co. KG Rutesheimer Strae 22 70499 Stuttgart, Germany Tel. +49 (0)711-1388-0 Fax +49 (0)711-1388-233 http://www.ottoroth.de e-mail: info@ottoroth.de Couplings for use in hazardous areas The motor from Siemens is connected to the machine or gear unit through a coupling. Flender is an important coupling manufacturer with a wide range of products. For standard applications, Siemens recommends that elastic couplings of Flender types N-Eupex and Rupex or torsionally rigid couplings of types Arpex and Zapex are used. For special applications, Fludex and Elpex-S couplings are recommended. These coupling types are suitable for use in areas subject to explosion hazards and are offered with declaration of conformity and type test certificate according to directive 94/9/EU. Source of supply: Siemens contact partner ordering from Catalog Siemens MD 10.1 FLENDER Standard Couplings or A. Friedr. Flender AG Kupplungswerk Mussum Industriepark Bocholt Schlavenhorst 100 46395 Bocholt, Germany Tel. +49 (0)2871-92 2185 Fax +49 (0)2871-92 2579 http://www.flender.com e-mail: couplings@flender.com
4/125
Siemens AG 2008
More information
Spare motors and repair parts Supply commitment for spare motors and repair parts following delivery of the motor - For up to 5 years, in the event of total motor failure, Siemens will supply a comparable motor with regard to the mounting dimensions and functions (the type series may vary). - Repair parts will be supplied for up to 5 years. - For up to 10 years, Siemens will provide information and will, if necessary, supply documentation for repair parts. When repair parts are ordered, the following details must be provided: - Designation and part number - Order No. and factory number of the motor Example for ordering a fan cover 1LA7, frame size 160 M, 4-pole: Fan cover No. 7.40, 1LA7 1634AA60, factory number J783298901018 For bearing types, see the Introduction. Repair parts for 1MJ6, 1MJ7, 1MJ8, 1MJ1, 1ME8, 1ML8, 1LG8 motors and smoke-extraction motors are available on request. For standard components, a supply commitment does not apply. Support Hotline In Germany Tel.: 01 80/5 05 04 48 You will find telephone numbers for other countries on our Internet site http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
4/126
Siemens AG 2008
Overview
Overall dimensions
O
G_D081_XX_00033
AB
Frame size 56 M
Number Dimensions of poles L AD 169 101 169 195 202.5 202.5 228.5 202.5 240 240 240 299 273.5 273.5 308.5 273.5 308.5 336 331 331 376 358 358 331 383 372 372 407 442 372 372 426 101 101 101 101 101 135 111 111 145 201 120 120 120 154 154 209 128 128 128 128 128 162 218 164 135 135 135 164 135 223
AB 110 110 110 120 120 120 120 132 132 132 140 150 150 150 150 150 160 165 165 165 165 165 165 168 196 196 196 196 196 196 196
63 M
71 M
80 M
90 S/ 90 L
1LA7 1LA9 1LA9 096-6K. 1LA9 096-2.. 1LA9 096-4.. 1MA7 1MJ6
100 L
O 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5
Type 1LA6 1LA7 1LA9 1MA6 1MA7 1MJ6 1LA6 1LA7 1LA9 1LA9 131 1LA9 133 1LA9 134 1MA6 1MA7 1MA7 133-4 1MJ6
AD
Number Dimensions of poles L AD 393 178 393 148 431 148 393 178 393 148 428 238 453 452.5 452.5 490.5 490.5 490.5 453 452.5 490 515 588 588 588 628 588 588 628 628 641 712 712 669 720 720 669 720 715 769.5 768.5 720 777 720 777 720 771.5 194 167 167 167 167 167 194 167 167 258 226 197 197 197 226 197 197 197 280 258 258 262 262 262 262 262 306 305 305 300 300 300 300 300 349
H 112 112 112 112 112 112 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
AB 226 226 226 226 226 226 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 339 339 339 339 339 339 339 339 388 388 378 378 378 378 378 398
132 S/ 132 M
160 M/ 1LA6 160 L 1LA7 1LA9 1LA9 166 1MA6 1MA7 1MA7 166-4 1MA7 166-6 1MJ6 180 M/ 1LA5 180 L 1LA9 1LG4 1LG4 188 1LG6 183 1LG6 183 1LG6 186 1MJ6 200 L 1LA5 1LA9 1LG4 1LG4 208 1LG6 206 1LG6 207 1LG6 207 1MJ6
2 4 4, 6, 8
2, 6 2, 6 4, 8
O 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 1 x M16 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5
4/127
Siemens AG 2008
Overview (continued)
Overall dimensions
O
G_D081_XX_00033
AB
Frame Type size 225 S/ 1LA5 225 M 1LA5 1LG4 1LG4 223 1LG4 228 1LG4 228 1LG6 220 1LG6 223 1LG6 223 1LG6 228 1LG6 228 1MJ7 1MJ7 223 250 M 1LG4 1LG4 258 1LG6 253 1LG6 253 1LG6 258 1MJ7 280 S/ 1LG4 280 M 1LG4 288 1LG6 280 1LG6 283 1LG6 283 1LG6 288 1MJ7 315 S/ 1LG4 315 M/ 1LG4 310 315 L 1LG4 313 1LG4 316 1LG4 316 1LG4 317 1LG4 317 1LG4 318 1LG4 318 1LG6 310 1LG6 310 1LG6 313 1LG6 313 1LG6 313 1LG6 316 1LG6 316 1LG6 317 1LG6 317 1LG6 317 1LG6 318 1LG6 318 1LG6 318 1MJ7 1MJ7
Number Dimensions of poles L AD 806 305 2 776 305 789 325 2 759 325 2 819 325 4, 6, 8 849 325 4, 8 789 325 2 819 325 4, 6, 8 849 325 2 869 325 4, 6 899 325 839 377 2 809 377 887 392 4 957 392 2, 6, 8 887 392 4 957 392 2, 4, 6 957 392 930 466 960 432 2, 4 1070 432 2, 4, 6, 8 960 432 2, 4 1070 432 6, 8 960 432 2, 4, 6 1070 432 1010 491 1072 500 4, 6, 8 1102 500 4, 6, 8 1102 500 2 1232 500 4, 6, 8 1262 500 2 1232 500 4, 6, 8 1262 500 8 1262 500 6 1402 500 2 1072 500 4, 6, 8 1102 500 2 1232 500 4, 6 1262 500 8 1102 500 2 1232 500 4, 6, 8 1262 500 2 1372 500 4, 6 1402 500 8 1262 500 2 1372 651 4 1402 651 6, 8 1402 500 2 1114 558 4, 6, 8 1140 558
H 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 250 250 250 250 250 250 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315
AB 426 426 436 436 436 436 436 436 436 436 436 436 436 490 490 490 490 490 506 540 540 540 540 540 540 557 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 628 628
O 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M50 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5 2 x M63 x 1.5
4/128
AD
Siemens AG 2008
Overview (continued)
Notes on the dimensions 7 Dimension designations according to DIN EN 50347 and IEC 60072. 7 Fits The shaft extensions specified in the dimension tables (DIN 748) and centering spigot diameters (DIN EN 50347) are machined with the following fits: Dimension designation ISO fit DIN ISO 286-2 D, DA up to 30 j6 over 30 to 50 k6 over 50 m6 N up to 250 j6 over 250 h6 F, FA h9 K H17 S flange (FF) H17 The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have an ISO fit of at least H7. Dimension tolerances For the following dimensions, the admissible deviations are given below: Dimension designation Dimension Admissible deviation H up to 250 0.5 over 250 1.0 E, EA 0.5 Keyways and feather keyways (dimensions GA, GC, F and FA) are made in compliance with DIN 6885 Part 1. 7 All dimensions are specified in mm.
7
More information
Dimension sheet generator (part of the SD configurator) A dimension drawing can be created in the SD configurator for every configurable motor. A dimension drawing can be requested for every other motor. When a complete Order No. is entered with or without order codes, a dimension drawing can be called up under the Documentation tab. These dimension drawings can be presented in different views and sections and printed. The corresponding dimension sheets can be exported, saved and processed further in DXF format (interchange/import format for CAD systems) or as bitmap graphics. The SD configurator has been integrated into the electronic Catalog CA 01 as a selection aid (for more information, see catalog part 11 Appendix, Selection tool SD-configurator). The interactive Catalog CA 01 can be ordered from your local Siemens sales representative or on the Internet at http://www.siemens.com/automation/CA01 At this address, you will also find links to Tips & Tricks and to downloads for function or content updates. Order number for CA 01 10/2008, English International: DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C7-7600
4/129
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Aluminum series 1MA7, frame sizes 63 M to 160 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_EN_00001
LC L LL ED EE
AF AD AQ H
BE'
BE BC EB EC
AC
Frame size 90 S/L has frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
DA
GA DB
GC DC
FA
C BA
B BB
CA
EA
HA
K' A AA AB
AF' BA AD'
B BA' BB
CA
L HH LL
G_D081_EN_00002
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC
AG AS LM
DA
BE'
EB
BE
FA
GA
EC
AC
GC
DB
EE ED EA
DC
For motor Frame Type size 63 M 1MA7 060 1MA7 063 71 M 1MA7 070 1MA7 073 80 M 1MA7 080 1MA7 083 90 S 1MA7 090 90 L 1MA7 096 100 L 1MA7 106 1MA7 107 112 M 1MA7 113 132 S 1MA7 130 1MA7 131 132 M 1MA7 133 1MA7 134 160 M 1MA7 163 1MA7 164 160 L 1MA7 166
Number of poles 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 100 112 125 140 160 190 216 216 254 254 27 27 120 124 135 101 95
AF' 78 88
AG
AQ
AQ
AS
B* 80 90
BA BA' BB 28 27 54
AF AD
BC
BE BE' C 16 16 16 16 21 21 21 21 27 27 40 45 50
CA* 66 83
H 63 71 80 90
HA 7 7 8 10
30.5 150 163 154 154 114 114 120 124 60 30.5 165 180 162 162 122 122 120 170 60 42 46 53 53 60 60 196 203 135 163 78 123 120 170 60
226 227 148 176 91 136 120 170 60 256 267 167 194 107 154 140 250 70 256 267 167 194 107 154 140 250 70
70 141 89 162.5
300 320 197 226 127 183 165 250 82.5 210 57 300 320 197 226 127 183 165 250 82.5 254 57
89 124.5 132 15 162.53) 108 183 160 18 108 139 1794) 160 18
3) 4)
4/130
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Aluminum series 1MA7, frame sizes 63 M to 160 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_EN_00003
LC L LL
AF AD AQ H
EB
BE' BE C BC
EA
Frame size 90 S/L has frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
DA
GA
EC
AC
GC
FA
HA
DB ED BA BB B
K CA EE
DC
K' A AA AB
AF' AD'
B BA BB BA'
CA
Type of construction IM B14 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
HH L LL
G_D081_EN_00004
LC
4
AG AS Eyebolts frame size 100 L and above
LM
DA
EB E
BE
EA
FA
BE'
GA
EC DC
AC
GC
DB
ED
EE
For motor Frame Type size 63 M 1MA7 060 1MA7 063 71 M 1MA7 070 1MA7 073 80 M 1MA7 080 1MA7 083 90 S 1MA7 090 90 L 1MA7 096 100 L 1MA7 106 1MA7 107 112 M 1MA7 113 132 S 1MA7 130 1MA7 131 132 M 1MA7 133 1MA7 134 160 M 1MA7 163 1MA7 164 160 L 1MA7 166
Number of poles 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L LC 92.5 86.5 86 7 7 10 10 202.5 1) 232 1) 240 278
LL
LM
DE shaft extension D DB E EB 23 30 40 50 60 60 80 80 16 22 32 40 50 50 70 70
AQ
ED 3.5 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
AF AD
4 12.5 11 5 16 14
324 9.5 13.5 273.5 308.52) 364 101.5 10 14 331 389 102 102 128 128 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 19 19 372 438
120 299.5 19 M6 334.52) 120 382.5 24 M8 120 423.5 120 444.5 140 5053) 28 M10 28 M10 38 M12 38 M12
6 21.5 19 8 27 8 31 8 31 10 41 10 41 12 45 12 45 19 24 24 38 38 42 42
160.5 15 160.5 15
452.53) 551.5 140 5053) 490.54) 589.54) 5434) 588 721 165 640.5 588 6285) 721 7615)
42 M16 110
90 10 90 10
90 10 90 10
1) 2) 3)
For 1MA7 063 with type of construction code 1 (B5, IM V1 without protective cover, IM V3) the dimensions L, LC and LM are 26 mm longer. For 1MA7 083-6. In a low-noise version, the dimension L is 8 mm greater and the dimension LM is 11.5 mm greater.
4) 5)
4/131
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MA6, frame sizes 100 L to 160 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00007
LC ED L LL EE
AG AS LM
DA
BE'
BC EB EC
AC
DB K E C BA BB B CA EA
DC
HA
K' A AA AB
AF' AD'
L HH LL EE
G_D081_XX_00008
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC AG AS LM
DA
BE' EB BE
FA
GA
AC
EC
GC
EA DB ED
DC
AQ
AF' AD
For motor Frame Type size 100 L 1MA6 106 1MA6 107 112 M 1MA6 113 132 S 1MA6 130 1MA6 131 132 M 1MA6 133 1MA6 134 160 M 1MA6 163 1MA6 164 160 L 1MA6 166
Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 160 40 196 201 164 164 178 194 194 226 226 124 138 154 154 183 183
AS
BA
BB
BC
AF AD
GA
GC
AQ
BE
FA
AF AD
BE BE' C 44 44 44 44 54 54 22 22 22 22 27 27
CA
HA
60.5 140 46 60.5 140 46 70.5 140 47 70.5 178 49 83 83 210 63 254 63
190 42.5 226 225.5 178 216 50 256 265 194 216 50 254 60 254 60 256 265 300 320 300 320 194 226 226
1)
4/132
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MA6, frame sizes 100 L to 160 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_XX_00009
LC L LL
DA
EB D BE E C
BE' BC
EA
GA
EC
DB ED BA BB B
K CA EE
DC
Type of construction IM B14 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L HH LL
G_D081_XX_00010
AC
FA
LC
AG AS LM AF AD
DA
EB E
BE
EA
FA
BE'
GA
AC
EC DC
GC
DB
ED
EE
For motor Frame Type size 100 L 1MA6 106 1MA6 107 112 M 1MA6 113 132 S 1MA6 130 1MA6 131 132 M 1MA6 133 1MA6 134 160 M 1MA6 163 1MA6 164 160 L 1MA6 166
Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L LC LL 104.5 12 104.5 12 130.5 12 130.5 12 160 160 16 16 16 16 372 438
LM
AQ
ED 5 5 5 5 10 10
F 8 8 10 10 12 12
FA 8 8 10 10 12 12
GC 27 27 41 41 45 45
121 423.5
393 461 121 444.5 453.5 551.5 141 506 453.5 551.5 141 506 588 588 721 721 166 640.5 166 640.5
14.5 18 14.5 18
4/133
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MA6, frame sizes 180 M to 315 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00011
LC L, L' ED LL EE
EC
DB E C BA BB B BA'
K CA
DC EA
Frame sizes 180 M/L, 225 S/M, 280 S/M and 315 S/M have frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L, L' ED LL EE
G_D081_XX_00012
4
F
LC
DA
EB D E
EC
AC
GA
GC
AH
DB HH
DC EA The motors are supplied with two fitted eyebolts conforming to IM B5, whereby one can be repositioned to conform to IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1MA6 183 180 L 200 L 1MA6 186 1MA6 206 1MA6 207 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 1MA6 220 1MA6 223 1MA6 253 1MA6 280 1MA6 283 1MA6 310 1MA6 313 1MA6 316 1MA6 317 1MA6 318
Number of poles 2 4 4, 6, 8 2 6 2 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 279 279 318 318 356 356 65 65 80 80 80 80
AF'
FA
BE
AG
AH
AQ
AS
B*
BA
BA'
BB
BC BE 75 75 85 85 85 85 95 95 95 90 90 90
GA
BC
AC
FA
EB
BE
DA
CA* H
HA
344 375 274 274 227 227 220 470 340 344 375 274 274 227 227 220 470 340 398 402 308 308 248 248 262 530 340 398 402 308 308 248 248 262 530 340
121 259 180 26 121 221 180 26 133 239 200 34 133 239 200 34 149 269 225 34 149 244 225 34 168 283 250 42 190 317 280 42 190 366 280 42 216 358 315 52 216 307 315 52 216 396 315 52
436 442 339 339 269 269 264 580 425 100 286 436 442 339 339 269 269 264 580 425 100 311
406 100 506 505 427 427 333 333 338 645 470 120 349 100 100 409 39 457 100 557 555 452 452 358 358 338 700 525 120 368 100 151 471 30 457 100 557 555 452 452 358 358 338 700 525 120 419 100 151 471 30 508 120 628 620 515 515 395 395 405 805 590 134 406 125 171 527 32 508 120 628 620 515 515 395 395 405 805 590 134 457 125 171 527 32 508 120 628 620 515 515 395 395 405 805 590 134 508 120 120 578 32
1)
4/134
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MA6, frame sizes 180 M to 315 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_EN_00024
LC L, L' LL
AG
EB D E ED C BC
EC
FA
BE
DA
AC
DB B BA BB BA'
K CA
DC EA AA
K' A
AF' AD' AA AB
GA
EE
HA
GC
AQ
AF AD
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1MA6 183 180 L 200 L 1MA6 186 1MA6 206 1MA6 207 225 S 225 M 250 M 280 S 280 M 315 S 315 M 315 L 1MA6 220 1MA6 223 1MA6 253 1MA6 280 1MA6 283 1MA6 310 1MA6 313 1MA6 316 1MA6 317 1MA6 318
Number of poles 2 4 4, 6, 8 2 6 2 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L L'1) LC2) LL 156 15 20 156 15 20 175 19 25 175 19 25 174 19 25 174 19 25 207 24 30 220 24 30 220 24 30 248 28 35 248 28 35 248 28 35 770 819.5 771.5 771.5 819.5 839 809 855 839 935 1010 1010 1080 1010 1080 1114 1185 1144 1114 1185 1144 1254 1325 1284 1284 715 715 841 164 841 164 897 197 897 197 954 924 954 1050 1080 1155 200 200 234 234
LM
DE shaft extension LM'1) D DB E EB ED F 48 M16 48 M16 55 M20 55 M20 60 55 60 60 65 65 75 65 75 65 80 65 80 65 80 80 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 110 100 110 100 110 100 110 100 140 110 140 140 125 100 125 125
GA
NDE shaft extension DA DC EA EC EE FA GC 5 14 51.5 5 14 51.5 5 14 51.5 16 59 5 14 51.5 16 59 10 16 59 5 14 51.5 10 16 59 5 16 59 18 64 10 18 64 69 10 18 64 69 10 18 64 20 74.5 10 18 64 20 74.5 10 18 64 20 74.5 20 74.5
1155 234 1260 266 1290 1260 266 1290 1400 266 1430 1430
796.5 855 796.5 853 901 853 901 935 909 955 935 1035 1110 1120 1230 1120 1230 1224 1295 1254 1224 1295 1254 1364 1435 1394 1394
5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 5 16 59 48 M16 55 M20 5 16 59 48 M16 55 M20 10 18 64 55 M20 5 16 59 48 M16 10 18 64 55 M20 10 18 64 55 M20 69 60 10 18 69 60 M20 20 79.5 65 10 18 69 60 M20 20 79.5 65 10 18 69 60 M20 22 85 70 10 18 69 60 M20 22 85 70 10 18 69 60 M20 22 85 70 22 85 70 110 100 110 100 110 100 110 100 110 100 100 110 100 140 125 140 125 140 125 140 125 140 125 140 125
140 125 140 125 140 170 140 170 140 170 170 125 140 125 140 125 140 140
1) 2)
For version with low-noise fan. In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension is not possible.
4/135
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MJ6, frame sizes 71 M to 160 L Type of construction IM B3
L LF LL BE
G_D081_EN_00019
LC
LM BC
DA
FA
AC
EB DB ED K E C BA B BB CA EE EA
DC
HA
K' A AA AB
AD
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L LF LL HH BE
G_D081_EN_00020
LC
ED EA F E D FA EE DA
LM AF AD GC DC
GA
EB
EC
DB
For motor Frame Type size 71 M 1MJ6 070 1MJ6 073 80 M 1MJ6 080 1MJ6 083 90 L 1MJ6 096 1MJ6 097 100 L 1MJ6 106 1MJ6 107 112 M 1MJ6 113 132 S 1MJ6 130 1MJ6 131 132 M 1MJ6 133 1MJ6 134 160 M 1MJ6 163 1MJ6 164 160 L 1MJ6 166
Number of poles 2, 4 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AF 112 34 125 36 140 37 160 45 190 50 216 53 216 53 254 60 254 60 140 148.5 2012)
AG
AQ AS B
BA BB
AQ
AC
BC BE C 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 96
CA
H 71
HA 8
HH 103 93.5
K 7
GA
EC
GC
AQ
AF AD
K' 10
L 299
160 165.5 2092) 170 152 125 71 168 183 218 177 162 170 81 182 162 170 81 197 162 170 81 217 162 250 81 217 162 250 81 239 162 250 81 246 216 250 95
80 10 90 13
9.5 13.5 336 14 16 16 16 16 19 19 383 426 428 515 515 641 641
196 202.5 223 226 228.5 238 256 267.5 258 256 267.5 258 300 323 300 323 280 314
63 185 100 14 70 180 112 15 89 228 132 17 89 190 132 17 108 238 160 20 108 194 160 20
1) 2)
Measured across the bolt heads. K09 and K10 frame size 90 and above.
4/136
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MJ6, frame sizes 71 M to 160 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L LF LL BE
G_D081_EN_00021
LC
ED LM BC F E D C AF AD DA FA EC DC K B BA BB CA EE EA K' A AA AB AD AC HA H GC AQ
GA DB
EB
Type of construction IM B14 only for frame sizes 71 M to 90 L For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L LL BE
G_D081_EN_00022
LC
AG
ED EA F E D FA EE DA
LM AF AD AC GC DC AQ
GA
EB
EC
DB
For motor Frame Type size 71 M 1MJ6 070 1MJ6 073 80 M 1MJ6 080 1MJ6 083 90 L 1MJ6 096 1MJ6 097 100 L 1MJ6 106 1MJ6 107 112 M 1MJ6 113 132 S 1MJ6 130 1MJ6 131 132 M 1MJ6 133 1MJ6 134 160 M 1MJ6 163 1MJ6 164 160 L 1MJ6 166
Number of poles 2, 4 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension LC LF LL LM D DB E EB 339 386 458 508 510 617 617 776 776 383 383 132 132 162 162 162 162 162 162 190 327 362 434.5 477.5 479.5 567.5 567.5 693.5 693.5 14 19 24 28 28 38 38 42 42 M5 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 30 40 50 60 60 80 80 110 110 22 32 40 50 50 70 70 90 90
ED 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 10 10
F 5 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
GA 16 21.5 27 31 31 41 41 45 45
NDE shaft extension DA DC EA EC 14 19 24 28 28 38 38 42 42 M5 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 30 40 50 60 60 80 80 110 110 22 32 40 50 50 70 70 90 90
EE 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 10 10
FA 5 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
GC 16 21.5 27 31 31 41 41 45 45
4/137
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7, frame sizes 180 M to 315 M Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00011
LC L, L' ED LL EE
EC
DB E C BA BB B BA'
K CA
DC EA
Frame sizes 180 M/L, 225 S/M, 280 S/M and 315 S/M have frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L, L' ED LL EE
G_D081_XX_00012
LC
DA
EB D E
EC
AC
GA
GC
AH
DB HH
EA
DC
The motors are supplied with two fitted eyebolts conforming to IM B5, whereby one can be repositioned to conform to IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1MJ6 183 180 L 1MJ6 186 200 L 1MJ6 206 1MJ6 207 225 S 1MJ7 220 225 M 1MJ7 223 250 M 1MJ7 253 280 S 1MJ7 280
Number of poles 2, 4 4, 6, 8 2 6 2 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 279 279 318 318 356 356 65 344 375 65 344 375 80 398 415 80 398 415 80 436 442 80 436 442
AF' AG AH AQ AS
FA
BE
B*
BA
BA' BB
BC BE C 75 75 85 85 90 90 95 95 95 90 90
CA*
GA
BC
AC
FA
EB
BE
DA
HH HA
306 306 259 259 220 470 340 306 306 259 259 220 470 340 349 349 289 289 262 530 340 349 349 289 289 262 530 340
121 259 121 221 133 239 133 239 149 269 149 244 168 283 190 317 190 266 216 358 216 307
180 156 26 180 156 26 200 175 34 200 175 34 225 174 34 225 174 34 250 207 42 280 220 42 280 220 42 315 248 56 315 248 56
377 377 315 315 262 580 425 100 377 377 315 315 262 580 425 100 466 466 353 353 336 645 470 120 491 491 395 395 336 700 525 120 491 491 395 395 336 700 525 120 558 558 448 448 410 805 590 135 558 558 448 448 410 805 590 135
406 100 506 505 457 100 557 555 457 100 557 555 508 120 628 620 508 120 628 620
349 100 100 409 39 368 100 151 479 30 419 100 151 479 30 406 125 171 527 32 457 125 171 527 32
4/138
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1MJ6 and 1MJ7, frame sizes 180 M to 315 M Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_EN_00024
LC L, L' LL
AG
EB D E ED C BC
EC
FA
BE
DA
AC
EE
HA
DB B BA BB BA'
K CA
DC EA AA
K' A
AF' AD' AA AB
GC
AQ
AF AD
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1MJ6 183 180 L 1MJ6 186 200 L 1MJ6 206 1MJ6 207 225 S 1MJ7 220 225 M 1MJ7 223 250 M 1MJ7 253 280 S 1MJ7 280
Number of poles 2, 4 4, 6, 8 2 6 2 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC K K' L L'1) LC2) LL LM 15 15 19 19 19 19 24 24 24 28 28 20 20 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 35 35 770 825 771.5 825 839 809 855 839 930 1010 1010 1080 1010 1080 1114 1185 1140 1114 1185 1140 715 715 771.5 841 164 841 164 897 197 897 197 954 924 954 1050 1080 1155 197 197 796.5 796.5 853 853
DE shaft extension LM'1) D DB E EB 885 910 910 955 1110 1230 1230 1295 1295 48 M16 110 100 48 M16 110 100 55 M20 110 100 55 M20 110 100 60 55 60 60 65 65 75 65 75 65 80 65 80 M20 140 125 M20 110 100 140 125 M20 140 125 M20 140 125 M20 140 125 M20 140 170 M20 140 170 125 140 125 140
ED F
GA
NDE shaft extension DA DC EA EC EE FA GC M16 M16 M16 M20 M16 M20 M20 M16 M20 M20 110 100 110 100 110 100 110 100 110 100 110 100 5 14 51.5 5 14 51.5 5 14 51.5 16 59 5 14 51.5 16 59 5 16 59 5 14 51.5 16 59 5 16 59 10 18 64 10 18 64 69 10 18 64 69 10 18 64 20 74.5 10 18 64 20 74.5
1155 234 1120 1260 266 1224 1290 1250 1260 266 1224 1290 1250
110 100 140 125 M20 140 125 M20 140 125 M20 140 125 M20 140 125
1) 2)
For version with low-noise fan. In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension is not possible.
4/139
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5, frame sizes 56 M to 225 M Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_EN_00001
LC L LL ED EE
AF AD AQ H
BE'
BE BC EB EC
Frame sizes 90 S/L and 225 S/M have frame feet with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
DA
AC
GA DB
GC DC
FA
C BA
B BB
CA
EA
HA
K' A AA AB
AF' BA AD'
B BA' BB
CA
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC L HH LL
G_D081_EN_00002
AG AS LM
DA
BE'
EB
BE
FA
GA
EC
AC
GC
DB
EE ED EA
DC
For motor Frame Type size 56 M2) 1LA7 050 1LA7 053 63 M 1LA7 060 1LA7 063 71 M 1LA7 070 1LA7 073 80 M 1LA7 080 1LA7 083 90 S 1LA7 090 90 L 1LA7 096 100 L 1LA7 106 1LA7 107 112 M 1LA7 113 132 S 1LA7 130 1LA7 131 132 M 1LA7 133 1LA7 134 160 M 1LA7 163 1LA7 164 160 L 1LA7 166 180 M 1LA5 183 180 L 1LA5 186 200 L 1LA5 206 1LA5 207 225 S 1LA5 220 225 M 1LA5 223
Number of poles 2, 4 2, 4, 6
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 90 100 25 27 27 110 116 120 124 132 145 135 135 135 135 95 95
AF' AG 95 120
AQ
AQ
AS 37
B*
BA
BA' BB 54 83 83
BC
AF AD
BE 32 32 32 32
BE' 18 18 18 18 18 21 21 21 21 27 27 27 27 42.5
C 36 40 45 50
CA* 53 66 83 94
H 56 63 71 80
HA 6 7 7 8
71 28 80 28 90 27
87 56 96 52 106 41 118 36
95 120 124 37
2, 4, 6, 8 112 2, 4, 6, 8 125 2, 4, 6, 8 140 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4 4, 6, 8 2, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 160 190 216 216 254 254 279 279 318
30.5 150 163 30.5 165 180 42 46 53 53 60 60 69.5 69.5 83 196 203 226 227 256 267 256 267 300 320 300 339 339 388 320 363 363 402
154 154 114 114 120 124 37.5 100 32 162 162 122 122 120 170 37.5 100 33 125 135 163 78 123 120 170 60 140 47 148 176 91 136 120 170 60 167 194 107 154 140 250 70 167 194 107 154 140 250 70 140 47 140 49 178 49
90 10 100 12
70 141 112 12 89 162.5 132 15 89 124.5 132 15 108 183 108 121 121 133 139 259 221 239 160 18 160 180 180 200 18 18 18 24
197 226 127 183 165 250 82.5 210 57 197 258 258 305 226 258 258 305 127 216 216 252 183 216 216 252 165 152 152 260 250 340 340 340 82.5 71 71 96 254 241 279 305 57 50 50 58.5
305 305 252 252 260 340 96 305 305 252 252 260 340 96
286 58 311 58
361 36 361 36
2)
4/140
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Aluminum series 1LA7 and 1LA5, frame sizes 56 M to 225 M Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_EN_00003
LC L LL
AF AD AQ H
EB
BE' BE C BC
EA
Frame sizes 90 S/L and 225 S/M have frame feet with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
DA
GA
EC
AC
GC
FA
HA
DB ED BA BB B
K CA EE
DC
K' A AA AB
AF' AD'
B BA BB BA'
CA
Type of construction IM B14 Type of construction IM B14 not possible for 1LA5 motors, frame sizes 180 M to 225 M For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
HH L LL
G_D081_EN_00004
LC
4
Eyebolts frame size 100 L and above
AG AS LM
DA
EB E
BE
EA
FA
BE'
GA
EC DC
AC
GC
DB
ED
EE
For motor Frame Type size 56 M1) 1LA7 050 1LA7 053 63 M 1LA7 060 1LA7 063 71 M 1LA7 070 1LA7 073 80 M 1LA7 080 1LA7 083 90 S 1LA7 090 90 L 1LA7 096 100 L 1LA7 106 1LA7 107 112 M 1LA7 113 132 S 1LA7 130 1LA7 131 132 M 1LA7 133 1LA7 134 160 M 1LA7 163 1LA7 164 160 L 1LA7 166 180 M 1LA5 183 180 L 1LA5 186 200 L 1LA5 206 1LA5 207 225 S 1LA5 220 225 M 1LA5 223
Number of poles 2, 4 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4 4, 6, 8 2, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L LC LL 69.5 69.5 63.5 63.5 79 102 102 128 128 5.8 7 7 9 10 10 169 200 120 120 120 120 120 120
LM
AQ
ED 3 3.5 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
F 3 4 5 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16
AF AD
231.52) 11 268 299.5 382.5 423.5 444.5 5053) 5053) 640.5 640.5 793.5 793.5 850 887.5 857.5 887.5
3)
14 19 24 28 28 38 38 42 42 48 48 55 60 55 60
393 461 120 452.53) 551.5 140 452.53) 551.5 140 588 588 712 712 769.5 806 776 806 721 721 841 841 897 165 165 132 132 192
90 10
90 10
184.5 19 184.5 19
7.5 18 5 16 7.5 18
16 59 16 59
1) 2)
The motors of frame size 56 M are not ventilated. For 1LA7 063 with type of construction code 1 (B5, IM V1 without protective cover, IM V3) the dimensions L, LC and LM are 26 mm longer.
In a low-noise version, the dimension L is 8 mm greater and the dimension LM is 11.5 mm greater.
4/141
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Aluminum series 1LA9, frame sizes 56 M to 200 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_EN_00001
LC L LL ED EE
AF AD AQ H
BE'
BE BC EB EC
AC
Frame size 90 S/L has frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
DA
GA DB
GC DC
FA
C BA
B BB
CA
EA
HA
K' A AA AB
AF' BA AD'
B BA' BB
CA
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC L HH LL EE
G_D081_EN_00005
AG AS LM
DA
BE' EB BE
FA
GA
EC
AC
GC
DB
EA ED
DC
For motor Frame Type size 56 M2) 1LA9 050 1LA9 053 63 M 1LA9 060 1LA9 063 71 M 1LA9 070 1LA9 073 80 M 1LA9 080 1LA9 083 90 S 1LA9 090 90 L 1LA9 096 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 1LA9 106 1LA9 107 1LA9 113 1LA9 130 1LA9 131 1LA9 133 1LA9 133 1LA9 134 1LA9 163 1LA9 164 1LA9 166 1LA9 183 1LA9 186 1LA9 206 1LA9 207
Dimension designation acc. to IEC Number A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF of poles 2, 4 90 25 110 116 135 135 95 2, 4 2, 4 2, 4 2, 4, 6 100 27 120 124 135 135 95
AF' 95 95
AG
AQ AS 37
AQ
B* 71 80 90
BA 28 28 27
BA' BB 54
AF AD
BC
BE BE' C 32 32 32 32 32 18 18 18 18 18 36 40 45 50
CA* 53 66 92 83
H 56 63 71 80 90
HA 6 7 7 8 10
120
120 124 37
112 30.5 132 145 145 145 105 105 120 124 37
125 30.5 150 163 154 154 114 114 120 124 37.5 100 32 140 30.5 165 180 162 162 122 122 120 170 37.5 100 33 125 160 42 190 46 216 53 216 53 196 203 135 163 78 123 120 170 60 140 47 140 47 140 49 178 49
2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4 2 6 4 6 2, 4, 6 2 2, 4, 6 2, 4 4, 6 2, 6 2, 4, 6
42 42 42 42
21 21 21 21
226 227 148 176 91 136 120 170 60 256 267 167 194 107 154 140 250 70 256 267 167 194 107 154 140 250 70
63 160 1953) 70 179 89 162.5 200.5 89 124.5 162.5 108 183 108 121 121 133 179 259 221 239
12 12 15 15
300 320 197 226 127 183 165 250 82.5 210 57 300 339 339 388 320 363 363 402 197 258 258 305 226 258 258 305 127 216 216 252 183 216 216 252 165 152 152 260 250 340 340 340 82.5 71 71 96 254 241 279 305 57 50 50 58.5
54 54 54 54 85
27 27 27 27 42.5
18 18 18 18 24
1) 2) 3)
Measured across the bolt heads. The motors of frame size 56 M are not ventilated. Frame size 56 M is not available in IM B35. For 1LA9 107-4KA.
4/142
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Aluminum series 1LA9, frame sizes 56 M to 200 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_EN_00006
LC L LL
AF AD AQ H
EB
BE' BE C BC
EA
GA
EC
AC
Frame size 90 S/L has frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
DA
GC
FA
HA
DB ED BA BB B
K CA EE
DC
K' A AA AB
AF' AD'
B BA BB BA'
CA
Type of construction IM B14 Type of construction IM B14 not possible for 1LA9 motors, frame sizes 180 M to 200 L For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
HH L LL
G_D081_EN_00004
LC
4
AG AS Eyebolts frame size 100 L and above
LM
DA
EB E
BE
EA
FA
BE'
GA
EC DC
AC
GC
DB
ED
EE
For motor Frame Type size 56 M1) 1LA9 050 1LA9 053 63 M 1LA9 060 1LA9 063 71 M 1LA9 070 1LA9 073 80 M 1LA9 080 1LA9 083 90 S 1LA9 090 90 L 1LA9 096 100 L 112 M 132 S 132 M 1LA9 106 1LA9 107 1LA9 113 1LA9 130 1LA9 131 1LA9 133 1LA9 133 1LA9 134 1LA9 163 1LA9 164 1LA9 166 1LA9 183 1LA9 186 1LA9 206 1LA9 207
Dimension designation acc. to IEC Number HH K K' L LC LL of poles 2) 2) 2, 4 69.5 5.8 9 169 200 120 2, 4 2, 4 2, 4 2, 4, 6 69.5 63.5 63.5 79 7 7 10 10 202.53) 2323) 120 228.5 258 240 278 120 324 364 389 4344) 4145) 473 5086) 499 551.5 589.5 551.5 589.5 721 761 841 841 897 120 120
LM 231.5 257.5 268 299.5 334.5 382.5 427.54) 409.55) 458.5 4936) 482.5 505 543 505 543 640.5 680.5 793.5 793.5 850
DE shaft extension D DB E EB 9 11 14 19 24 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 20 23 30 40 50 14 16 22 32 40
AQ
ED 3 3.5 4 4 5
F 3 4 5 6 8
AF AD
2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4 2 6 4 6 2, 4, 6 2 2, 4, 6 2, 4 4, 6 2, 6 2, 4, 6
9.5 13.5 273.5 308.5 10 14 331 3764) 3585) 12 16 407 4426) 12 16 431 12 16 452.5 490.5 12 16 452.5 490.5 19 19 19 19 25 588 628 712 712 768.5
21.5 19 27 19
28 28 38 38
60 60 80 80
50 50 70 70
5 5 5 5
8 8 10 10
31 31 41 41
24 24 38 38
M8
50
40 40 70 70
5 5 5 5
8 27 8 27 10 41 10 41
M8 50 M12 80 M12 80
42 42 48 48 55
3) 4) 5) 6)
90 10
12 12 14 14 16
45 45 51.5 51.5 59
42 42 48 48 55
90 10
12 45 12 14 14 16 45 51.5 51.5 59
The motors of frame size 56 M are not ventilated. Frame size 56 M is not available in IM B35. For 1LA9 frame size 56 M with type of construction code 1 (B5, IM V1 without protective cover, IM V3) the dimensions L, LC and LM are 26 mm longer.
For 1LA9 060 with type of construction code 1 (B5, IM V1 without protective cover, IM V3) the dimensions L, LC and LM are 26 mm longer. For 1LA9 096-6KA. For 1LA9 096-2 and 1LA9 096-4. For 1LA9 107-4KA.
4/143
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LA6, frame sizes 100 L to 160 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00007
LC ED L LL EE
AG AS LM
DA
BE'
BC EB EC
AC
DB K E C BA BB B CA EA
DC
HA
K' A AA AB
AF' AD'
L HH LL EE
G_D081_XX_00008
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC AG AS LM
DA
BE' EB BE
FA
GA
AC
EC
GC
EA DB ED
DC
AQ
AF' AD
For motor Frame Type size 100 L 1LA6 106 1LA6 107 112 M 1LA6 113 132 S 1LA6 130 1LA6 131 132 M 1LA6 133 1LA6 134 160 M 1LA6 163 1LA6 164 160 L 1LA6 166
Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 160 40 196 201 164 164 178 194 194 226 226 124 138 154 154 183 183
AS
BA
BB
BC
AF AD
GA
GC
AQ
BE
FA
AF AD
BE BE' C 44 44 44 44 54 54 22 22 22 22 27 27
CA
HA
60.5 140 46 60.5 140 46 70.5 140 47 70.5 178 49 83 83 210 63 254 63
190 42.5 226 225.5 178 216 50 256 265 194 216 50 254 60 254 60 256 265 300 320 300 320 194 226 226
1)
4/144
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LA6, frame sizes 100 L to 160 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_XX_00009
LC L LL
DA
EB D BE E C
BE' BC
EA
GA
EC
DB ED BA BB B
K CA EE
DC
Types of construction IM B14 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
L HH LL
G_D081_XX_00010
AC
FA
LC
AG AS LM AF AD
DA
EB E
BE
EA
FA
BE'
GA
AC
EC DC
GC
DB
ED
EE
For motor Frame Type size 100 L 1LA6 106 1LA6 107 112 M 1LA6 113 132 S 1LA6 130 1LA6 131 132 M 1LA6 133 1LA6 134 160 M 1LA6 163 1LA6 164 160 L 1LA6 166
Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8 4, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6, 8 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 8 2, 4, 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L LC LL 104.5 12 104.5 12 130.5 12 130.5 12 160 160 16 16 16 16 372 438 121
LM
AQ
ED 5 5 5 5 10 10
F 8 8 10 10 12 12
EE 5 5 5 5 10 10
FA 8 8 10 10 12 12
GC 27 27 41 41 45 45
393 461 121 453.5 551.5 141 453.5 551.5 141 588 588 721 721 166 166
14.5 18 14.5 18
640.5 42 640.5 42
4/145
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LG4, frame sizes 180 M to 315 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00014
LC L, L' LL ED EE
AG AS LM, LM'
EC
AC
FA
EB
DA
BE
HA
DB E C BA BB B
K CA BA' EA
DC
Frame sizes 180 M/L, 225 S/M, 280 S/M and 315 S/M/L have frame feet each with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
K' A AA AB
AF' AA AD'
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_XX_00012
4
F
LC L, L' ED LL EE
AS LM, LM'
AG
DA
EB D E
EC
AC
FA
BE
GA
GC
AH
DB HH
DC EA The motors are supplied with two fitted eyebolts conforming to IM B5, whereby one can be repositioned to conform to IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1LG4 183 180 L 1LG4 186 1LG4 188 200 L 1LG4 206 1LG4 207 1LG4 208
Number of poles 2, 4 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 6 4, 8 225 S 1LG4 220 4, 8 225 M 1LG4 223 2 4, 6, 8 1LG4 228 2 4, 6, 8 250 M 1LG4 253 2 4, 6, 8 1LG4 258 2 4 6, 8 280 S 1LG4 280 2 4, 6, 8 280 M 1LG4 283 2 4, 6, 8 1LG4 288 2 4 6, 8 315 S 1LG4 310 2 1LG4 310 4, 6, 8 315 M 2) 1LG4 313 2 1LG4 313 4, 6, 8 2) 315 L 1LG4 316/317 2 1LG4 316/317 4, 6, 8 1LG4 318 8 1LG4 318 6
1)
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 279 279 279 318 318 318 356 356 356 65 65 65 70 70 70 339 339 339 378 378 378 363 363 363 402 402 402 262 262 262 300 300 300 262 262 262 300 300 300 220 220 220 247 247 247
AQ
AS 71 71 71 96 96 96
BA
BA'
BB
BC BE 54 54 54 85 85 85 85 85 85
AF AD
GA
BC
GC
AQ
AF AD
HA 20 20 20 25 25 25
70 111 328 36 70 111 328 36 70 111 328 36 80 80 355 63 80 80 355 63 80 80 355 63 85 110 361 47 85 110 361 47 85 110 361 47
80 436 442 325 325 272 272 260 556 425 80 436 442 325 325 272 272 260 556 425 80 436 442 325 325 272 272 260 556 425
202 164 215 177 177 234 177 149 218 149 193
225 34 225 34
406 100 490 495 392 392 308 308 300 620 470 118 349 100 100 409 69 406 100 490 495 392 392 308 308 300 620 470 118 349 100 100 409 69
110 168 235 250 40 110 168 235 250 40 305 235 110 190 267 280 40 110 190 216 280 40 110 190 326 280 40 216 110 216 315 315 50 110 216 264 315 50 110 216 373 315 50 110 216 513 315 50
457 100 540 555 432 432 348 348 300 672 525 118 368 100 151 479 62 457 100 540 555 432 432 348 348 300 672 525 118 419 100 151 479 62 457 100 540 555 432 432 348 348 300 672 525 118 419 100 151 479 62
508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 406 125 176 527 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 457 125 176 527 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 508 125 176 578 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 508 155 206 648 69
2)
* This dimension is assigned in DIN EN 50347 to the frame size listed. Measured across the bolt heads.
With order codes for connection box positions (K09, K10, K11) only fitted feet with 3 drilled holes with dimension B (406, 457 and 508 mm). BB will then be 666 mm.
4/146
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LG4, frame sizes 180 M to 315 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_XX_00013
LC L, L' LL ED
EB D E C BC
EC
DA DC AC
BE
GA
DB B BA BB
K CA BA'
EE EA
Number of poles 2, 4 4, 6, 8 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 6 2, 4, 6, 8 2, 6 4, 8 225 S 1LG4 220 4, 8 225 M 1LG4 223 2 4, 6, 8 1LG4 228 2 4, 6, 8 250 M 1LG4 253 2 4, 6, 8 1LG4 258 2 4 6, 8 280 S 1LG4 280 2 4, 6, 8 280 M 1LG4 283 2 4, 6, 8 1LG4 288 2 4 6, 8 315 S 1LG4 310 2 1LG4 310 4, 6, 8 315 M 3) 1LG4 313 2 1LG4 313 4, 6, 8 3) 315 L 1LG4 316/317 2 1LG4 316/317 4, 6, 8 1LG4 318 8 1LG4 318 6
1) 2)
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1LG4 183 180 L 1LG4 186 1LG4 188 200 L 1LG4 206 1LG4 207 1LG4 208
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L L'1) LC2) LL 157 157 157 196 196 196 15 15 15 19 19 19 19 19 19 25 25 25 669 669 720 720 720 777 720 789 759 789 819 849 887 887 957 887 960 960 669 720 754 754 811 793 853 924 924 998 998 1108 1142 1142 1302 784 784 835 835 835 892 835 903 873 903 933 963 1002 1032 1002 1102 1032 1105 132 132 132 192 192 192 192 192 192 236 236
LM
DE shaft extension LM'1) D DB E EB ED F 48 48 48 55 55 55 60 55 60 55 60 60 65 60 65 65 65 75 65 75 65 75 75 65 80 65 80 65 80 80 80 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 110 110 110 110 110 110 140 110 140 110 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 170 140 170 140 170 170 170 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 100 125 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 140 125 140 125 140 140 140 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 25 10 25 10 25 25 25 14 14 14 16 16 16 18 16 18 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 18 20 18 20 20 18 22 18 22 18 22 22 22
NDE shaft extension DA DC EA EC EE FA GC 48 48 48 55 55 55 55 48 55 48 55 55 60 55 60 60 60 65 60 65 60 65 65 60 70 60 70 60 70 70 70 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M20 M16 M20 M16 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 140 110 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 14 16 14 16 16 18 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 18 20 18 20 20 20 51.5 51.5 51.5 59 59 59 59 51.5 59 51.5 59 59 64 59 64 64 64 69 64 69 64 69 69 64 74.5 64 74.5 64 74.5 74.5 74.5
252 24 30 252 24 30
236
1105 236 1215 236 1105 1217 307 1247 1217 307 1247 1377 307 1407 1547 307
252 24 30 1070 960 285 28 35 1072 1102 285 28 35 1072 1102 285 28 35 1232 1262 285 28 35 1402
759 759 759 810 810 810 844 810 844 867 901 810 889 859 893 889 919 953 949 987 1024 987 1024 1057 987 1070 1108 1070 1108 1180 1218 1070 1182 1252 1212 1182 1252 1212 1342 1412 1372 1512
3)
For version with low-noise fan for 2-pole motors. In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension is not possible.
With order codes for connection box positions (K09, K10, K11) only fitted feet with 3 drilled holes with dimension B (406, 457 and 508 mm). BB will then be 666 mm.
4/147
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LG6, frame sizes 180 M to 250 M Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00014
LC L, L' LL ED EE
AG AS LM, LM'
EC
AC
FA
EB
DA
BE
HA
DB E C BA BB B
K CA BA' EA
DC
K'
AF' A AA AD' AB
Frame sizes 180 M/L and 225 S/M have frame feet with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
AA
G_D081_XX_00012
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC L, L' ED LL EE AS LM, LM' AG
GA
BC
GC
AQ
DA
EB
EC
AC
FA
BE
GA
GC
AH
DB HH
DC EA The motors are supplied with two fitted eyebolts conforming to IM B5, whereby one can be repositioned to conform to IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1LG6 183 180 L 200 L 1LG6 186 1LG6 206 1LG6 207 1LG6 220 1LG6 223 1LG6 228 250 M 1LG6 253 1LG6 258
225 S 225 M
Number of poles 2 4 4, 6, 8 2, 6 2, 6 4, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6 2 4 6, 8 2 4, 6
Dimension designation acc. to IEC A AA AB AC1) AD AD' AF 279 279 318 318 356 356 356 65 65 70 70 80 80 80
AF'
AG
AH
AQ
AS
AQ
B*
BA
BA' BB
BC BE
CA* H
AF AD
AF AD
HA 20 20 25 25 34 34
339 363 262 262 220 220 152 452 340 339 363 262 262 220 220 152 452 340 378 402 300 300 247 247 260 512 340 378 402 300 300 247 247 260 512 340 436 442 325 325 272 272 260 556 425 436 442 325 325 272 272 260 556 425 436 442 325 325 272 272 260 556 425
70 111 328 36 70 111 328 36 80 80 355 63 80 80 355 63 85 110 361 47 85 110 361 47 85 110 361 47
54 121 253 180 202 54 121 215 180 85 133 177 200 85 133 234 200 177 85 149 218 225 85 149 253 225
85 149 303 225 34 110 168 235 250 40 305 235 110 168 305 250 40
406 100 490 495 392 392 308 308 300 620 470 118 349 100 100 409 69 406 100 490 495 392 392 308 308 300 620 470 118 349 100 100 409 69
4/148
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LG6, frame sizes 180 M to 250 M Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_XX_00013
LC L, L' LL ED
EB D E C BC
EC
DA DC AC
BE
GA
DB B BA BB
K CA BA'
EE EA
For motor Frame Type size 180 M 1LG6 183 180 L 200 L 1LG6 186 1LG6 206 1LG6 207 1LG6 220 1LG6 223 1LG6 228 250 M 1LG6 253 1LG6 258
225 S 225 M
Number of poles 2 4 4, 6, 8 2, 6 2, 6 4, 8 4, 8 2 4, 6, 8 2 4, 6 2 4 6, 8 2 4, 6
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L LC LL 157 15 157 15 196 19 196 19 196 19 196 19 196 19 237 24 237 24 19 19 25 25 25 25 25 30 30 720 669 720 720 777 720 789 819 849 869 899 887 957 887 957 835 784 835 835 892 835 903 933 963 983 1013 1002 1102 1032 1102 132 132 192 192 192 192 192 236 236
LM 810 759 810 810 867 810 889 919 949 969 999 987 1057 987 1057
DE shaft extension D DB E EB 48 48 55 55 60 55 60 55 60 60 65 65 60 65 M16 110 M16 110 M20 110 M20 110 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 140 110 140 110 140 140 140 140 140 140 100 100 100 100 125 100 125 100 125 125 125 125 125 125
ED F 5 5 5 5 10 5 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 14 14 16 16 18 16 18 16 18 18 18 18 18 18
GA
NDE shaft extension DA DC EA EC M16 110 100 M16 110 100 M20 110 100 M20 110 100 M20 M16 M20 M16 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 110 110 110 110 110 110 140 140 110 140
EE 5 5 5 5
FA 14 14 16 16 16 14 16 14 16 16 18 18 16 18
51.5 48 51.5 48 59 55 59 55 64 59 64 59 64 64 69 69 64 69 55 48 55 48 55 55 60 60 55 60
100 5 100 5 100 5 100 5 100 5 100 5 125 10 125 10 100 5 125 10
4/149
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LG6, frame sizes 280 S to 315 L Type of construction IM B3
G_D081_XX_00014
LC L, L' LL ED EE
AG AS LM, LM'
EC
AC
FA
EB
DA
BE
HA
DB E C BA BB B
K CA BA' EA
DC
Frame sizes 280 S/M and 315 S/M/L have frame feet with 2 drilled holes at NDE.
K' A AA AB
AF' AA AD'
G_D081_XX_00012
Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
LC L, L' ED LL EE AS LM, LM' AF AD AQ AG
DA
EB D E
EC
AC
GA
GC
AH
DB HH
DC EA The motors are supplied with two fitted eyebolts conforming to IM B5, whereby one can be repositioned to conform to IM V1 or IM V3. It is important to note that stress must not be applied perpendicular to the ring plane.
For motor Frame Type size 280 S 1LG6 280 280 M 1LG6 283 1LG6 288 315 S 1LG6 310 1LG6 310 315 M 2) 1LG6 313 1LG6 313 1LG6 313 315 L2) 1LG6 316 1LG6 316 1LG6 316 1LG6 317 1LG6 317 1LG6 317 1LG6 318 1LG6 318 1LG6 318
Number of poles 2 4, 6, 8 2 4 6, 8 2 4, 6 2 4, 6, 8 8 2 4, 6 2 4, 6 8 2 4, 6 8 2 4 6, 8
AF'
FA
BE
AG
AH
AQ
AS
B*
BA
BA' BB
BC BE
GA
BC
GC
AQ
AF AD
CA* H
HA
457 100 540 555 432 432 348 348 300 672 525 118 368 100 151 479 62 457 100 540 555 432 432 348 348 300 672 525 118 419 100 151 479 62 457 100 540 555 432 432 348 348 300 672 525 118 419 100 151 479 62 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 406 125 176 527 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 457 125 176 527 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 457 125 176 578 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 508 125 176 578 69 508 120 610 610 500 500 400 400 380 780 590 154 508 155 206 648 69 578 508 120 610 610 651 651 524 524 470 780 590 165 508 155 206 648 69 500 500 400 400 380
110 190 267 280 40 110 190 326 280 40 216 110 190 326 280 40 110 216 315 315 50 110 216 264 315 50 110 216 424 315 50 110 216 373 315 50 110 216 513 315 50 135 216 513 315 50 110
2)
With order codes for connection box positions (K09, K10, K11) only fitted feet with 3 drilled holes with dimension B (406, 457 and 508 mm). BB will then be 666 mm.
4/150
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Cast-iron series 1LG6, frame sizes 280 S to 315 L Type of construction IM B35 For flange dimensions, see Page 4/152 (Z = the number of retaining holes)
G_D081_XX_00013
LC L, L' LL ED
EB D E C BC
EC
DA DC AC
BE
GA
DB B BA BB
K CA BA'
EE EA
For motor Frame Type size 280 S 1LG6 280 280 M 1LG6 283 1LG6 288 315 S 315 M 315 L 1LG6 310 1LG6 310 1LG6 313 1LG6 313 1LG6 313 1LG6 316 1LG6 316 1LG6 316 1LG6 317 1LG6 317 1LG6 317 1LG6 318 1LG6 318 1LG6 318
Number of poles 2 4, 6, 8 2 4 6, 8 2 4, 6 2 4, 6, 8 8 2 4, 6 2 4, 6 8 2 4, 6 8 2 4 6, 8
Dimension designation acc. to IEC HH K K' L LC LL LM 252 24 252 24 252 24 285 28 285 28 285 28 285 28 285 28 285 28 30 30 30 35 35 35 35 35 35
DE shaft extension D DB E EB M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 170 170 140 170 140 170 170 140 170 170 140 170 170 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 140 140 125 140 125 140 140 125 140 140 125 140 140
ED 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 25 25 10 25 10 25 25 10 25 25 10 25 25
F 18 20 18 20 20 18 20 18 22 22 18 22 18 22 22 18 22 22 18 22 22
NDE shaft extension DA DC EA EC 60 65 60 65 65 60 65 60 70 70 60 70 60 70 70 60 70 70 60 70 70 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125
EE 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
FA 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 18 20 18 20 20 18 20 20 18 20 20
960 1105 236 1070 65 75 1070 1215 236 1180 65 75 960 1105 1070 75 1070 1215 236 1180 65 75 1072 1217 307 1182 65 1102 1247 1212 80 1102 1247 307 1212 80 1232 1377 307 1342 65 1262 1407 1372 80 1232 1377 307 1342 65 1262 1407 1372 80 80 1372 1517 307 1482 65 1402 1547 1512 80 1262 1407 1372 80 1372 1517 330 1482 65 1402 1547 1512 801) 307 80
1)
4/151
Siemens AG 2008
Dimensional drawings
Flange dimensions In DIN EN 50347, the frame sizes are allocated flange FF with through holes and flange FT with tapped holes. The designation of flange A and C according to DIN 42948 (invalid since 09/2003) are also listed for information purposes. See the table below. (Z = the number of retaining holes)
Dimension designation acc. to IEC
G_D081_XX_00026
Frame size
Type of construction
Flange type
56 M
63 M
71 M
80 M
90 S, 90 L
100 L
112 M
132 S, 132 M
160 M, 160 L
180 M, 180 L 200 L 225 S, 225 M 2-pole 4-pole to 8-pole 250 M 280 S, 280 M 315 S, 315 M, 315 L 2-pole 4-pole to 8-pole
IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 IM B5, IM V1, IM V3 IM B5 IM B5, IM V1, IM V3 IM B5, IM V1, IM V3 IM B5, IM V1, IM V3
Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Standard flange Special flange Flange Flange Flange Flange Flange
Flange with through holes (FF/A) Tapped holes (FT/C) According to Acc. to DIN EN 50347 DIN 42948 FF 100 A 120 FT 65 C 80 FT 85 C 105 FF 115 A 140 FT 75 C 90 FT 100 C 120 FF 130 A 160 FT 85 C 105 FT 115 C 140 FF 165 A 200 FT 100 C 120 FT 130 C 160 FF 165 A 200 FT 115 C 140 FT 130 C 160 FF 215 A 250 FT 130 C 160 FT 165 C 200 FF 215 A 250 FT 130 C 160 FT 165 C 200 FF 265 A 300 FT 165 C 200 FT 215 C 250 FF 300 A 350 FT 215 C 250 FT 265 C 300 FF 300 A 350 FF 350 A 400 FF 400 FF 500 FF 500 A 450 A 550 A 550
G_D081_XX_00027
LA 8 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 13 13 15 16 18 18
M 100 65 85 115 75 100 130 85 115 165 100 130 165 115 130 215 130 165 215 130 165 265 165 215 300 215 265 300 350
N 80 50 70 95 60 80 110 70 95 130 80 110 130 95 110 180 110 130 180 110 130 230 130 180 250 180 230 250 300
P 120 80 105 140 90 120 160 105 140 200 120 160 200 140 160 250 160 200 250 160 200 300 200 250 350 250 300 350 400
S 7 M5 M6 10 M5 M6 10 M6 M8 12 M6 M8 12 M8 M8 14.5 M8 M10 14.5 M8 M10 14.5 M10 M12 18.5 M12 M12 18.5 18.5
T 3 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3 3.5 2.5 3 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 3 3.5 4 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4 5 4 4 5 5
Z 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8
IM B5, IM V1, IM V3
Flange
FF 600
A 660
22
550 660 24
4/152